CA2447884A1 - Use of azetidinone substituted derivatives in the treatment of alzheimer's disease - Google Patents

Use of azetidinone substituted derivatives in the treatment of alzheimer's disease Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CA2447884A1
CA2447884A1 CA002447884A CA2447884A CA2447884A1 CA 2447884 A1 CA2447884 A1 CA 2447884A1 CA 002447884 A CA002447884 A CA 002447884A CA 2447884 A CA2447884 A CA 2447884A CA 2447884 A1 CA2447884 A1 CA 2447884A1
Authority
CA
Canada
Prior art keywords
alkyl
group
aryl
independently selected
substituted
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
CA002447884A
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Harry R. Davis
Eric Mcfee Parker
Margaret Van Heek
Gwendolyn Tse Wong
Laura B. Merkel
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Merck Sharp and Dohme Corp
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Publication of CA2447884A1 publication Critical patent/CA2447884A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/365Lactones
    • A61K31/366Lactones having six-membered rings, e.g. delta-lactones
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/397Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having four-membered rings, e.g. azetidine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia

Abstract

Methods of preventing, treating, or ameliorating symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease, regulating production or levels of amyloid .beta. (A.beta.) peptide s and/or regulating the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or bra in are provided which include the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition including at least one compound represented by Formulae (I-X) disclosed herein.

Description

METHODS FOR TREATING ALZHEIMER'S DISEASE AND/OR REGULATING
LEVELS OF AMYLOID a PEPTIDES IN A SUBJECT
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to methods for treating Alzheimer's Disease, regulating levels of amyloid ~3 (A~) peptides and/or regulating the amount of ApoE
isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of a subject by administering a composition comprising an effective amount of at least one of the compounds of Formulae I-X
below.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Alzheimer's Disease ("AD") is a neurodegenerative brain disease that is a major cause of dementia among the elderly. Symptoms of AD can include progressive loss of learning and memory functions, personality changes, neuromuscular changes, seizures and occasionally psychotic behavior. AD is characterized pathologically by the extracellular accumulation of senile plaques in various brain regions and vascular walls, as well as by the intraneuronal accumulation of neurofibrillary tangles in various brain regions. The main constituents of senile plaques are amyloid ~i (A~3) peptides, such as for example 40-42 amino acid A~
peptides, which are formed by proteolytic processing of the ~-amyloid precursor protein (~-APP) by two enzymes known as ~i-secretase and y-secretase.
The apolipoprotein E isoform 4 (ApoE isoform 4) is a major genetic risk factor for AD. PCT Patent Application No. WO 95/06470 discloses administration of an HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor (statin) to regulate levels of (ApoE isoform 4) in humans to prevent and treat Alzheimer's Disease.
A normal cellular function of ApoE is uptake and delivery of lipids. The ApoE
isoform correlates with an increased risk for atherosclerosis, increased amyloid plaque deposition and increased risk of AD. K. Fassbender et al., "Simvastatin Strongly Reduces Levels of Alzheimer's Disease (3-amyloid peptides A~i42 and A~340 in vitro and in vivo", PNAS 98: 5856-5861 (2001 ).
PCT Patent Application WO 00/28981 discloses at page 3 that patients possessing the ApoE isoform 4 have an increased risk for AD, as well as elevated levels of cholesterol and increased risk for heart disease.
PCT WO 00/28981 also discloses methods for treating AD using HMG-CoA
reductase inhibitors, but notes at page 6 that "it was unexpectedly discovered that while some HGM (sic) CoA reductase inhibitors exhibit a dramatic reduction in degree and prevalence of AD, patients taking other types of drugs used to treat cardiovascular disorders, such as beta blockers, furosemide, and captopril, did not show any significant reduction in the prevalence or degree of AD."
U.S. Patent No. 6,080,778 (col. 1, lines 39-41 ) points out that known genetic causes of AD can, account for only a small proportion of the total number of cases and ; .
that most cases of AD are sporadic (i.e., without a known genetic cause) and occur in the elderly. This patent discloses methods for~decreasing the production of Aa peptides by administering a-.compositiori. v~ihich decreases blood cholesterol levels to a person with elevated cholesterol levels who is at risk of, or exhibits symptoms af, Alzheimer's Disease. The disclosed methods include administration of compounds which increase uptake of cholesterol by the liver (e.g., HMG CoA reductase inhibitors), compounds which block endogenous cholesterol production, compounds which prevent uptake of dietary cholesterol (e.g., bile acid binding resins and fibrates), and combinations of any of these which are effective in lowering blood cholesterol levels (see col. 1, line 58 - col. 2, line 5). Fassbender et al. disclose that use of simvastatin and lovastatin, alone or in combination with methyl-~i-cyclodextrin, can reduce.
intracellular and secreted A~i levels in vitro and that treatment of animals with simvastatin reduces brain and cerebrospinal fluid levels of A(3 in vivo.
U.S. Patent No. 6,071,899 discloses compounds of Formula (I):
S(~)nR3 R
~H2 X Y
having substituents as defined therein, which may have a general application in any disorder that involves endothelial dysfunction, such as atherosclerosis, or may have a general application in any disorder that involves lipid peroxidation in conjunction with enzyme activity, including inflammatory conditions of the brain such as Alzheimer's Disease (see col. 5, lines 16-29).
PCT Patent Application WO 99/38498 discloses methods for preventing or treating AD by administering a plasma-triglyceride level-lowering agent (e.g., fibrates);
optionally in combination with a cholesterol level-lowering agent such as statins, bile acid sequestrants or agents that block intestinal cholesterol absorption (e.g., ~-sitosterol, SCH 48461 ((3R,4S)-1,4-bis-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-(3-phenylpropyl)-2-azetidinone), CP-148,623, saponins, neomycin and ACAT inhibitors).
U.S. Patents Nos. 5,767,115, 5,624,920, 5,688,990, 5,656,624 and 5,688,787, respectively, disclose hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds and substituted ~-lactam compounds useful for lowering cholesterol and/or in inhibiting the formation of cholesterol-containing lesions in mammalian arterial walls, but does not disclose treatment of Alzheimer's Disease.
Despite recent improvements in the treatment of Alzheimer's disease, there remains a need in the art for improved methods of treatment which are effective and avoid undesirable side effects.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method of preventing, treating, or ameliorating symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (I):
Are-Xm-(C)q-Yn (C)r Zp Ar3 R~ R3 ' I
N
~Ar2 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl and R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;
X, Y and Z are independeritly selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
R and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(G~)R6, -O(CO)OR9 and -O(CO)NR6R~;
R1 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl;
qis0or1;
ris0or1;
m, n and p are independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; provided that at least one of q and r is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and provided that when p is 0 and r is 1, the sum of m, q and n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)~_50R6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR R , -NR (CO)R , -NR (CO)OR , -NR (CO)NR R , -NR SO~R , -COOK , -CONR6R7, -CORE, -S02NR6R~, S(O)o_2R9, -O(CH2)~-~o COOR6, -O(CH2)~-~oCONR6R~, -(lower alkylene)COOR6, -CH=CH-COOR6, -CF3, -CN, -N02 and halogen;

R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1_50R6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R~, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR~R8, -NR6S02R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R~, -COR6, -S02NR6R7, S(O)o_2R9, -O(CH2)~_~o COOR6, -O(CH2)~_~oCONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R6, R7 and R$ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl to prevent, treat, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease in the subject.
In another embodiment, a method of preventing, treating, or ameliorating symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease is provided which comprises the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound represented by Formula (II) below:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate of the compound of Formula (II) to prevent, treat, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease in the subject.
In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of preventing, treating, or ameliorating symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (III):
nH F

R~
i Are-A-Yq C-Zp Ar3 O N~Arz or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (Ill) above:
Ar1 is R3-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is R5-substituted aryl;
Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2 , -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
A is selected from -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2 ;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 and -O(CO)NR6R'; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl; or R1 and R2 together are =O;
q is 1, 2 or 3;
pis0,1,2,3or4;
R5 is 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1_50R , -O(CO)NR6R', -NR6R', -NR6(CO)R', -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR'R8, -NR6S02 lower alkyl, -NR6S0~ aryl, -CONR6R', -CORE, -S02NR6R', S(O)o_2 alkyl, S(O)o_2 aryl, -O(CH~)~_~o COOR6, -O(CH2)~_10CONR6R', o-halogeno, m-halogeno, o-lower alkyl, m-lower alkyl, -(lower alkylene)-COOR6, and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R3 and R4 are independently 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of R5, hydrogen, p-lower alkyl, aryl, -N02, -CF3 and p-halogeno;
R6, R' and R$ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl to prevent, treat, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease in the subject.
In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of preventing, treating, or ameliorating symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (IV):

A
Ar1-R1-Q
O N~Arz (IV) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (IV) above:
A is selected from the group consisting of R~-substituted heterocycloalkyl, R2_ substituted heteroaryl, R2-substituted benzofused heterocycloalkyl, and R2-substituted benzofused heteroaryl;
Ar1 is aryl or R3-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;
Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the ~R~ (Rs)a spiro group (R )b ; and R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-(CH2)q , wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;
-(CHz)e G-(CH2)r , wherein G is -O-, ~C(0)-, phenylene, -NR$- or -S(O)o_2-, a is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of a and r is 1-6;
-(C2 C6 alkenylene)-; and _$--(CH2)f V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3 C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;
R5 is selected from:
-CH-, -C(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -C(C6H4-R9)-, -N-, or -+NO- ;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2 , -CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or R5 together with an adjacent R6, ar R5 together with an adjacent R7, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R6 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1; provided that when R7 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R6's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R7°s can be the same or different;
and when Q is a bond, R1 also can be selected from:
R1o R1~ R1o R1o I i i -M-Yd-~-Zh , -Xm-(C)s-Yn (C)t-gyp- ~r -Xj-(C)~-Yk S(~)~_2 ;

where M is -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2 ;
X, Y and ~ are independently selected from the group consisting of -CHI , -CH(C1-C6 alkyl)- and -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl);
R1~ and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR14, -O(CO)R14, -O(CO)OR16 and -O(CO)NR14R1s;
R11 and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R and R together are =O, or R and R together are =O;
d is 1, 2 or 3;
h is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently 0-4; provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6; provided that when p is 0 _g_ and t is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;
vis0or1;
j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
R2 is 1-3 substituents on the ring carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C1o)alkyl, (C2 C1o)alkenyl, (C~ C1o)aikynyl, (C3 C6)cycloalkyl, (C3 C6)cycloalkenyl, R17-substituted aryl, R17-substituted benzyl, R17-substituted benzyloxy, R17-substituted aryloxy, halogeno, -NR14R15, NR14R15(C1-C6 alkylene)-, NR14R1sC(O)(C1-C6 alkylene)-,-NHC(O)R16, OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, -OC(O)R16, -COR14, hydroxy(C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)alkyl, N02, -S(O)o_2R16, -SO2NR14R15 and -(C1-C6 alkylene)COOR14; when R2 is a substituent on a heterocycloalkyl ring, R2 is p ~ ..
(CH 2) 1-2 2 as defined, or is =O or O ; and, where R is a substituent,on a substitutable ring nitrogen, it is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl,. aryl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, aryloxy, C -C alk Icarbon I, a Icarbon I, h drox , -(CH CONR18R18, ( 1 s) Y Y ry Y Y Y 2)1-s ~N
or O
(Chiz)o-4 wherein J is -O-, -NH-, -NR1$- or -CHI ;
R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, -OR14, -O CO R14 -O CO OR16 -O CH OR14, -O CO NR14R15 -NR14R15 a ( 2)1-5 > >
-NR14(CO)R15, -NR14(CO)OR16, -NR14(CO)NR15R1s, -NR14SO~Rls, -COOR14, -CONK R , -COR , -SO~NR R , S(O)o_2R , -O(CH~)1_1o COOR , -O(CH2)1_IOCONR14R15, -(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR14, -CH=CH-COOR14, -CF3, -CN, -N02 and halogen;
R$ is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl (C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)R14 or -COOR14;

R9 and R17 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, N02, -NR R , OH and halogeno;
R14 and R15 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
R16 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R17-substituted aryl;
R1$ is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyi; and R19 is hydrogen, hydroxy or (C1-C6)alkoxy, to prevent, treat, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease in the subject.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of preventing, treating, or ameliorating symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (V):
R
i Ar1\X o(C)qmY ~(O)r A~
m R1 n N
O ~Ar3 (V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (V) above:
Ar1 is aryl, R1~-substituted aryl or heteroaryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;
?C and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2 , -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
R is -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 or -O(CO)NR6R~; R1 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl; or R and R1 together are =O;
qis0or1;

r is 0, 1 or 2;
m and n are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; provided that the sum of m, n and q is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R', -NR R , -NR (CO)R , -NR (CO)OR , -NR (CO)NR R , -NR S02R , -COOR , -CONR6R', -CORE, -S02NR6R', S(O)o_2R9, -O(CH2)~_~o COOR6, -O(CH~)~_~oCONR6R', -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)~_50R6, -O(CO)NR6R', -NR6R', -NR6(CO)R', -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR'RB, -NR6S02R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R', -CORo, -S02NR6R', S(O)0_2R9, -O(CH2)~-10 COOR6, -O(CH~)~_~oCONR6R', -CF3, -CN, -NO2, halogen, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R6, R' and R$ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower ~Ikyl;
R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R1o is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1_50R6, -O(CO)NR6R', -NR R , -NR (CO)R , -NR (CO)OR , -NR (CO)NR R , -NR S02R , -COOR , -CONR6R', -CORE, -S02NR6R', -S(O)o_~R9, -O(CH2)~_~o COOR6, -O(CH2)~_~oCONR6R', -CF3, -CN, -N02 and halogen to prevent, treat, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease in the subject.
In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of preventing, treating, or ameliorating symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (VI):

I 1-1 Rw N
O~ 'R

(VI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein:
R1 is -CH-, -C(lower alkyl)-, -~F-, -l:(OH)-, -~(C6H5)-, -~C(C6H~-R15)-- N- or ~N O ;
R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
-CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)-, -C(di-lowe6- alkyl)-, -CH=CH- and -C(lower alkyl)=CH-; or R1 together with an adjacent R2, or R°1 together with an adjacent R3;;:form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(lower alkyl)- group;
a and v are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R2 is -CH=CH- or-C(lower alkyl)=CH-, v is 1; provided that when R3 is -CH=CH- or -C(lower alkyl)=CH-, a is 1; provided that when v is 2 or 3, the R2's can be the same or different; and provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R3's can be the same or different;
Rq. is selected from B-(CH2)mC(O)-, wherein m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
B-(CH2)q-, wherein q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)e-Z-(CH2)r-, wherein Z is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -N(Rg)- or -S(O)0-2-, a is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of a and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 6;
B-(C2-Cg alkenylene)-; , B-(Cq.-Cg alkadienylene)-;
B-(CH2)t-Z-(C2-Cg alkenylene)-, wherein Z is as defined above, and wherein t is 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;

B-(CH~)f V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-Cg cycloalkylene, f is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and g is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CHZ)t-V-(C2-Cg alkenylene)- or B-(C~-Cg alkenylene)-V-(CH2)t-, wherein V and t are as defined above, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CHZ)a-Z-(CH2)b-V-(CH2)d-, wherein Z and V are as defined above and a, b and d are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, provided that the sum of a, b and d is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or T-(CH2)s-, wherein T is cycloalkyl of 3-6 carbon atoms and s is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or i R1 and Rq. together form the group B-CH=C- ;
B is selected from indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, heteroaryl or W-substituted heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolyl~, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl and furanyl, and for nitrogen-containing heteroaryls, the N-oxides thereof, or /~'% R16 R~~
W is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, (lower alkoxyimino)-lower alkyl, lower alkanedioyl, lower alkyl lower alkanedioyl, allyloxy, -CF3, -OCF3, benzyl, R7-benzyl, benzyloxy, R7-benzyloxy, phenoxy, R7-phenoxy, dioxolanyl, N02, -N(Rg)(Rg), N(Rg)(Rg)-lower alkylene-, N(Rg)(Rg)-lower alkylenyloxy-, OH, halogeno, -CN, -N3, -NHC(O)OR10, -NHC(O)R10, R11 O~SNH-, (R1102S)2N-, -S(O)2NH~, -S(O)0_ZRg, tert-butyldimethyl-silyloxymethyl, -C(O)R12, -COOR1 g, -CON(Rg)(Rg), -CH=CHC(O)R1 ~, -lower alkylene-C(O)R12, R1 OC(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)-, N(Rg)(Rg)C(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)- and for substitution on ring carbon atoms, and the substituents on the substituted heteroaryl ring nitrogen atoms, when present, are selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -C(O)ORIp, -C(O)R1 p, OH, N(Rg)(Rg)-lower alkylene-, N(Rg)(Rg)-lower alkylenyloxy-, -S(O)2NH2 and 2-(trimethylsilyl)-ethoxymethyl;
R7 is 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -COOH, N02, -N(Rg)(Rg), OH, and halogeno;
Rg and Rg are independently selected from H or lower alkyl;
R1 p is selected from lower alkyl, phenyl, R7-phenyl, benzyl or R7-benzyl;
R11 is selected from OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, R7-phenyl or R7-benzyl;
R12 is selected from H, OH, alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, n ~R13 -N(Rg)(Rg), lower alkyl, phenyl or R7-phenyl;
R13 is selected from -O-, -CHI-, -NH-, -N(lower alkyl)- or -NC(O)R1 g;'v R1 ~, R1 g and R17 are independently selected.from the group consisting of i-l and the groups defined for W; or R15 is hydrogen and R16 and 8179 together with adjacent carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a dioxolanyl ring;
R1 g is H, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl; and Rip and R~1 are independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, W-substituted naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzodioxolyl, heteroaryl, W-substituted heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl, W-substituted benzofused heteroaryl and cyclopropyl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above, to prevent, treat, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease in the subject.
In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of preventing, treating, or ameliorating symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (VII):

/y O-G
Are-R~-Q
O N~Arz (VII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (VII) above, R26 is H or OG 1;
G and G1 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR4 ~5 OR4 O OR
~nIOR3 ,nIOR3 , -CH2 ~nIOR5 H~ O a O _ OR3a R~a~ \~
O~ CH2Rb a and R4O/r O provided that when R?5 is H or O~CH2Ra OH, G is not H;
R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C1-Gg)alkoxy(C1-Cg)-alkoxy or -W-R30;
W is independently selected from the group consisting of -NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, _O_G(O)-N(R31 )-, _NH_G(O)-N(R31 )_ and -O-C(S)-N(R31 )_;
R~ and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-Cg)alkyl;
R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-Cg)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)(C1-Cg)alkyl and -C(O)aryl;
R3~ is selected from the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-Cq.)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(C1-Cg)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C6)alkyl;
R31 is selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-Cq.)alkyl;
T is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogeno, (C1-Cq.)aikyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CFg, -N02, (C1-Cq.)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C1-Cq.)alkylsulfanyl, (C1-Cq.)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-Cq.)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2, -C(O)-NH(C1-Cq.)alkyl, -C(O)-N((C1-Cq.)alkyl)2, -C(O)-(C1-Cq.)alkyl, -C(O)-(C1-Cq.)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R3~ is a covalent bond and R31, the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-Cq.)alkoXycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl~or morpholinyl group;
Ar1 is aryl or R10-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R1 ~-substituted aryl;
C2 is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, ~R12-(R13) a forms the spiro group (R14) ~~ ; and R1 is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;
-(CH2)e-E-(CH2)r-, wherein E is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR22- or -S(O)p_2-, a is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of a and r is 1-6;
-(C~-Gg)alkenylene-; and -(CH~)f V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;
R12 is -CH-, -C(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -C(C6H4-823)-, -N-, or -ENO- ;
813 and 814 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -GH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(C1-Cg) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or 812 together with an adjacent 813, or R1 ~ together with an adjacent 814, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(C1-Cg alkyl)- group;
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero;
provided that when 813 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-Cg alkyl)=CH-, a is 1;
provided that when 814 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1;
provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;
and when Q is a bond, R1 also can be:
815 . 817 , 815 815.
,. I t i. .
-M °Yd~.C - Zh ~ -Xm° (~) s-.Yn-~G) f' Zp- ~r °Xj_ (C)v °Yk" S(a)o-2.~' 9 816 810 ~ ~lo 816 M is -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or =S(O)2-;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CHI-, -CH(C1-Cg)alkyl- and -C(di-(C1-C5)alkyl);
810 and 811 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-Cg)alkyl, -OR19, -O(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR21, -O(CH2)1-50819, -O(CO)NR19R20~ _N819820, _NR19(CO)R~O, -NR19(CO)OR~1, -NR19(CO)NR~OR25, _NR19Sp2R21, _C00819, -CONR19R20, _C0819, -S02NR19R20, S(O)0-2821, _O(CH2)1-10-COOR19, -O(CH~)1-lpCONR19R20, -(C1-Cg alkylene)-COOR19, -CH=CH-COOR19, -CF3, -CN, -N02 and halogen;
815 and 817 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR19, -O(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR~1 and -O(CO)NR19R~0;

R16 and R18 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-Cg)alkyl and aryl; or R15 and R16 together are =O, or R17 and R18 together are =O;
d is 1, 2 or 3;
his0,1,2,3or4;
s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently 0-4;
provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6;
provided that when p is 0 and f is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;
vis0or1;
j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;

i -~y(C)~'Y~ S(O)o-2 i and when Q is a bond and R1 is R16 , Ar1 can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C~-Cg)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
R21 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R24-substituted aryl;
R22 is H, (C1-Cg)alkyl, aryl (C1-Cg)alkyl, -C(O)R19 or-COOR19;
R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-Cg)alkyl, (C1-Cg)alkoxy, -COOH, N02, -NR19R20, -OH and halogeno; and R25 is H, -OH or (C1-Cg)alkoxy, to prevent, treat, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease in the subject.
In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of preventing, treating, or ameliorating symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (VIII);

OR ~
Ar ~-CH -Q R~6 N
O ~Ar2 (VIII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein R26 is selected from the group consisting of:
a) OH;
b) OCH3;
c) fluorine and d) chlorine.
R~ is selected from the group consisting of O
~~610R~ ~ ~CH~ ~nIORS
~nIOR~ , H~ : . v CO~R~ O CH~OR~ ORS OR
~ R3a 4a R O/~,~R -S03H; natural and unnatural OR3 ~~p~CH2Rb ~ amino acids.
R40/i CH~Ra R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C1-Cg)alkoxy(C1-Cg)-alkoxy and -W-R30;
W is independently selected from the group consisting of -NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-N(R31 )-, -NH-C(O)-N(R31 )- and _O_C(S)_N(R31 )_;
R~ and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (G1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-Cg)alkyl;
R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-Cg)alkyl, aryl(C1-Cg)alkyl, -C(O)(C1-C6)alkyl and -C(O)aryl;

R30 is independently selected form the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C1-Cg)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-Cq.)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-Cg)alkyl;
R31 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-Cq.)alkyl;
T is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogeno, (C1-Cq.)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -N02, (C1-Cq.)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C1-Cq.)alkylsuifanyl, (C1-Cq.)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2, -C(O)-NH(C1-Cq.)alkyl, -C(O)-N((C1-Cq.)alkyl)~, -C(O)-(C1-Cq.)alkyl, -C(O)-(C1-Cq.)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R~z is a covalent bond and R31, the nitrogen to which it is attached and R3~ form a pyrrolidinyl;
piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-Cq.)alkoxycarbonyl-substitufied pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;
Ar1 is aryl or R10-substituted aryl;
Ark is aryl or R11-substituted aryl;
Q is -(CH~)q-, wherein q is 2-6, or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, ~R12 (R13) a forms the spiro group (R14)b~
R1~ is -CH-, -C(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -C(C6H4-R23)-, -N-, or -+NO- ;
R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(C1-Cg alkyl)-, -C(di-(C1-Cg) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C1-Cg alkyl)=CH-; or together with an adjacent 813, or 812 together with an adjacent 814, form a -CH=CH-or a -CH=C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when 813 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-Cg alkyl)=CH-, a is 1; provided that when 814 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-Cg afkyf)=CH-, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;
810 and 811 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-Cg)alkyl, -OR19, -O(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR21, -O(CH2)1-50819, -O(CO)NR1~R20, _NR19R20~ _NR19(CO)R20, -NR19(CO)OR21, _ NR19(CO)NR20R25, _NR19g02R21, _C00819, -CONR19R20' _COR19~ -S02NR19R20~ S(O)0-2821 -O(CH2)1-10-COOR19, -O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20, _~C1_C5 alkyiene)-COOR19, _ CH=CH-COOR19, -CF3, -CN, -N02 and halogen;
819 and 820 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-Cg)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-Cg)alkyl;
821 is (C1-Cg)alkyl, aryl or 824-substituted aryl;
822 is H, (C1-Cg)alkyi, aryl (C1-Cg)alkyl, -C(O)R1g or-COOR19;
823 and 824 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-Cg)alkyl, (C1-Cg)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR1gR20, -OH
and halogeno; and 825 is H, -OH or (C1-Cg)alkoxy, to prevent, treat, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease in the subject.
In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of regulating the production of amyloid ~3 peptide in a subject comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formulae (I-X), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to regulate the production of amyloid ~3 peptide in the subject.
In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of regulating a level of one or more amyloid a peptides in a subject comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formulae (I-X), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to regulate a level of one or more amyloid ~ peptides in the bloodstream and/or the brain of the subject.
In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of regulating the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of a subject comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formulae (I-X), to regulate the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of the subject.
in yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a use of at least one compound represented by Formulae (I-X) for rnanufactu~e ~f a medicament for the treatment of Alzheimer's Disease, regulating productioh of or level of at least one amyloid ~ peptide and/or regulating the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream andlor brain of a subject.
Other than in the operating examples, or where otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing quantities of ingredients, reaction conditions, and so forth used in the specification and claims are to be understood as being modified in all instances by the term "about."
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
In one embodiment, the present invention provides methods of preventing Alzheimer's Disease ("AD"), treating AD, or lessening the number or severity of or ameliorating the symptoms of AD in a subject comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formulae (I-X) described below to prevent, treat, and/or ameliorate the symptoms of AD in the subject.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides methods of regulating production of or levels of one or more amyloid ~i peptides in a subject comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formulae (I-X) described below to regulate levels of one or more amyloid (i peptides in the bloodstream and/or the brain of the subject.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides methods of regulating levels of ApoE isoform 4 in a subject comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formulae (I-X) described below to regulate levels of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or the brain of the subject.
As discussed above, AD is the most common cause of dementia in the elderly and can be pathologically characterized by the accumulation of senile plaques comprising amyloid ~ peptides in the extracellular space of various brain regions and in vascular walls. As used herein, "amyloid ~3 peptide" means Aa peptides which are derived from the larger ~-amyloid precursor protein (yAPP) through the endopeptidase acfiion~ of ~3 and y secretases. Non-limiting examples of such A~i peptides include those that contain 40 or 42 amino acids.
In familial forms of AD, the pathological appearance of A(i peptides in the brain is driven by the presence of mutations in the LAPP gene or in the genes coding for the proteins presenilin 1 and 2. The Apolipoprotein E type 4 allele (which encodes the protein ApoE isoform 4) is genetically associated with common late onset sporadic forms of AD.
The term "effective amount" means that amount or dosage of a compound or a combination of compounds represented by Formulae (I-X) described below, that will elicit a biological or medical response of a tissue, system or subject that is being sought by the administrator (such as a researcher or doctor) which includes amelioration or alleviation of one or more of the symptoms of the condition or disease (such as Alzheimer's Disease, regulating production of or regulating or reducing levels of one or more amyloid a peptides and/or regulating or reducing levels of ApoE
isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or the brain) being treated andlor the prevention, slowing or halting of progression of the condition. As used herein, the phrase "ameliorating the symptoms of AD" means alleviating, reducing or eliminating one or more of the symptoms experienced by a subject afflicted with AD, including one or more of the following symptoms: progressive loss of learning and memory functions, personality changes, neuromuscular changes, seizures and psychotic behavior.
Examples of suitable dosages are discussed in detail below.
Examples of suitable subjects that can be treated according to the methods of the present invention include mammals, such as humans or dogs, and other animals.
As used herein, "combination therapy" or "therapeutic combination" means the administration of two or more compounds represented by Formulae (l-X) or administration of one or more compounds represented by Formulae (I-X) with cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors and/or lipid-lowering agents and/or other Alzheimer's disease treatments different from compounds represented by Formulae (I-X) discussed below, to prevent or treat Alzheimer's Disease, reduce levels of one or more amyloid ~ peptides, regulate production of amyloid (3 peptides and/or regulate levels of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or the brain. Such administration includes coadministration of these therapeutic agents in a substantially.simultaneous manner, such as in a single tablet or capsule having a fixed ratio of active ingredients or in multiple, separate capsules for each therapeutic agent. Also, such administration includes use of each type of therapeutic agent in a sequential manner. In either case, the treatment using the combination therapy will provide beneficial effects in treating the condition.
A potential advantage of the combination therapy disclosed herein may be a reduction in the required amount of an individual therapeutic compound or the overall total amount of therapeutic compounds that are effective in treating the condition. By using a combination of therapeutic agents, the side effects of the individual compounds can be reduced as compared to a monotherapy, which can improve subject compliance. Also, therapeutic agents can be selected to provide a broader range of complimentary effects or complimentary modes of action.
In one embodiment, the methods of the present invention comprise the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising one or more compounds represented by Formula (I) below:

Are-Xm-(C)q-Yn-(C)r-zp Ar3 R~ R3 N
~Arz or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof. In Formula (I) above:
Are and Ar2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl and R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
R and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 and -O(CO)NR6R';
R~. and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl an,d .aryl;
q is 0 or 1; r is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently selected from 0, 1, 2, ~ or 4; provided that at least one of q and r is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and provided that when p is 0 and r is 1, the sum of m, q and n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)~_50R6, -O(CO)NR6R', -NRoR', -NR6(CO)R', -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR'R8, -NR6SO~R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R', -CORE, -S02NR6R', S(O)o_2R9, -O(CH2)~_~o COOR6, -O(CH2)~_~oCONR6R', -(lower alkylene)COOR6, -CH=CH-COOR6, -CF3, -CN, -N02 and halogen;
R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)~_50R6, -O(CO)NR6R', -NR6R', -NR6(CO)R', -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR'R8, -NR6S02R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R', -COR6, -S02NR6R', S(O)o-2R9, -O(CH2)~-~o COOR6, -O(CH2)~-~oCONR6R', -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R6, R~ and R$ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
Preferably, R4 is 1-3 independently selected substituents, and R5 is preferably 1-3 independently selected substituents.
As used herein, the term "alkyl" or "lower alkyl" means straight or branched alkyl chains having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms and "alkoxy" means alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Non-limiting examples of lower alkyl groups include, for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl groups.
"Alkenyl" means straight or branched carbon chains having one or more double bonds in the chain, conjugated or unconjugated. Similarly, "alkynyl" means straight or branched carbon chains having one or more triple bonds in the chain. Where an alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl chain joins two other variables and is therefore bivalent, the terms alkylene, alkenylene and alkynylene are used., °'Cycloalkyl" means a saturated carbon ring of 3 to ~ carbon atoms, ~nrhile "cycloalkylene°' refers to a corresponding bivalent ring, wherein the points of attachment to other groups include all positional isomers.
"Halogeno" refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine radicals.
"Aryl" means phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl or indanyl.
"Phenylene" means a bivalent phenyl group, including ortho, meta and para-substitution.
The statements wherein, for example, R, R~, R2 and R3~ are said to be independently selected from a group of substituents, mean that R, R~, R2 and R3 are independently selected, but also that where an R, R1, R2 and R3 variable occurs more than once in a molecule, each occurrence is independently selected (e.g., if R
is -OR6, wherein R6 is hydrogen, R2 can be -OR6 wherein R6 is lower alkyl). Those skilled in the art will recognize that the size and nature of the substituent(s) will affect the number of substituents that can be present.
Compounds of the invention have at least one asymmetrical carbon atom and therefore all isomers, including enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers and racemates of the compounds of Formula (I-X) (where they exist) are contemplated as being part of this invention. The invention includes d and I isomers in both pure form and in admixture, including racemic mixtures. Isomers can be prepared using conventional techniques, either by reacting optically pure or optically enriched starting materials or by separating isomers of a compound of the Formulae I-X. Isomers may also include geometric isomers, e.g., when a double bond is present.
Those skilled in the art will appreciate that for some of the compounds of the Formulas I-X, one isomer will show greater pharmacological activity than other isomers.
Compounds of the invention with an amino group can form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with organic and inorganic acids. Examples of suitable acids for salt formation are hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric, acetic, citric, oxalic, malonic, salicylic, malic, fumaric, succinic, ascorbic, malefic, methanesulfonic and other mineral and carboxylic acids well known to those in the art. The salt is prepared by contacting the free base form with a sufficient amount of the desired acrid to produce a salt. The free base form may be regene~°ated by treating the salt with a suitable dilute aqueous base solution such as dilute aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The free base forr~a differs from..
its respective salt form somewhat in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but the salt is otherwise equivalent to its respective free base forms for purposes of the invention.
Certain compounds of the invention are acidic (e.g., those compounds which possess a carboxyl group). These compounds form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with inorganic and organic bases. Examples of such salts are the sodium, potassium, calcium, aluminum, gold and silver salts. Also included are salts formed with pharmaceutically acceptable amines such as ammonia, alkyl amines, hydroxyalkylamines, N-methylglucamine and the like.
As used herein, "solvate" means a molecular or ionic complex of molecules or ions of solvent with those of solute (for example, one or more compounds of Formulae I-X, isomers of the compounds of Formulae I-X, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formulae I-X). Non-limiting examples of useful solvents include polar, protic solvents such as water and/or alcohols (for example methanol).
Prodrugs of the compounds of Formulae I-X are contemplated as being part of this invention. As used herein, "prodrug" means compounds that are drug precursors which, following administration to a subject, release the drug in vivo via some chemical or physiological process (e.g., a prodrug on being brought to the physiological pH or through enzyme action is converted to the desired drug form).
Preferred compounds of Formula (I) are those in which Are is phenyl or R4-substituted phenyl, more preferably (4-R4)-substituted phenyl. Ar2 is preferably phenyl or R4-substituted phenyl, more preferably (4-R4)-substituted phenyl. Ar3 is preferably R5-substituted phenyl, more preferably (4-R5)-substituted phenyl. When Ar1 is (4-R4)-substituted phenyl, R4 is preferably a halogen. When Ar2 and Ar3 are R4- and R
-substituted phenyl, respectively, R4 is preferably halogen or -OR6 and R5 is preferably -OR6, wherein R6 is lower alkyl or hydrogen. Especially preferred are compounds wherein each of Ar1 and Ar2 is 4-fluorophenyl and Ar3 is 4-hydroxyphenyl or 4-methoxyphenyl.
X, Y and Z are each preferably =CHI . R1 and R3 are each preferably hydrogen. R and R2 are preferably -OR6 wherein R6 is hydrogen, or a group readily metabolizable to a hydroxyl (such as -O(CO)R6; -O(CO)OR9 end -O(CO)NR6R7, defined above). . ' , ~ .
The sum of m, n, p, q and r is preferably 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 3.
Preferred are compounds wherein m, n and r are each zero, q is 1 and p is 2.
Also preferred are compounds of Formula (I) in which p, q and n are each zero, r is 1 and m is 2 or 3. More preferred are compounds wherein m, n and r are each zero, q is 1, p is 2, Z is -CH2- and R is -OR6, especially when R6 is hydrogen.
Also more preferred are compounds of Formula (I) wherein p, q and n are each zero, r is 1, m is 2, X is -CH2 and R2 is -OR6, especially when R6 is hydrogen.
Another group of preferred compounds of Formula (I) is that in which Ar1 is phenyl or R4-substituted phenyl, Ar2 is phenyl or R4-substituted phenyl and Ar3 is R5-substituted phenyl. Also preferred are compounds in which Ar1 is phenyl or R4-substituted phenyl, Ar2 is phenyl or R4-substituted phenyl, Ar3 is R5-substituted phenyl, and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 3. More preferred are compounds wherein Ar1 is phenyl or R4-substituted phenyl, Ar is phenyl or R4-substituted phenyl, Ar3 is R5-substituted phenyl, and wherein m, n and r are each zero, q is 1 and p is 2, or wherein p, q and n are each zero, r is 1 and m is 2 or 3.
In a preferred embodiment, a compound of Formula (I) useful in the methods of the present invention is represented by Formula (1l) (ezetimibe) below:
F
OH F
w N
OH
O
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. The compound of Formula (1l) can be in anhydrous or hydrated form.
Corinpounds of Formula I can be prepared bar a variety of methods wellknown to those skilled in the art, for example such as are disclosed in U.S. Patents Nos.
5,631,365, 5,767,115, 5,846,966, 6,207,822, U.S. Patent Application No.
10/105,710 filed March 25, 2002 and PCT Patent Application WO 93/02048, each of which is incorporated herein by reference, and in the Example below. For example, suitable compounds of Formula I can be prepared by a method comprising the steps of:
(a) treating with a strong base a lactone of the Formula A or B:
R2, Rs R3 ~
O
p Yn irn Or 1 (CR~R~)q R
O O
Xm 1~ ~m Ar A Ar g wherein R' and R2~ are R and R2, respectively, or are suitably protected hydroxy groups; Ar1 ~ is Ar1, a suitably protected hydroxy-substituted aryl or a suitably protected amino-substituted aryl; and the remaining variables are as defined above for Formula I, provided that in lactone of formula B, when n and r are each zero, p is 1-4;
(b) reacting the product of step (a) with an imine of the formula Ar3°
N
~Ar~o wherein Ar2a is Ar2, a suitably protected hydroxy-substituted aryl or a suitably protected amino-substituted aryl; and Ar3~ is Ar3, a suitably protected hydroxy-substituted aryl or a suitably protected amino-substituted aryl;
c) quenching the reaction with an acid;
d) optionally removing the protecting groups from R', R2', Ar1 g, Ar~g and Ar30, when present; and e) optionally functionalizing hydroxy or amino substituents at R, R2, Arl, Ark.
and Ar3 Using the lactones shown above, compounds of Formula IA and IB are obtained ~s follows:
R3 Zp Ar3° R OH
Are-X - C -Y -C-Z Ar Yn O + ~ --, m ~ I ~q n I 3 p (CR,R~)q N Ado R R
N
I IA p \Ar'~
Art ° X"' A
wherein the variables are as defined above; and R~, Rs ~C~Zp Ar3o I I
Yn + ~ > Ar1-Xm_I _Yn_~C)r ZP Ar3 R~ N R~ R3 \Ar2o N
..X ~ ~ IB ~ \Ar2 Ar~° m B
wherein the variables are as defined above.

Alternative compounds useful in the methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (III) below:
R~
i Are-A-Yq C-Zp Ar3 O N~A~
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (III) above:
Ar1 is R3-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is R5-substituted aryl;
Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CHI , -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(diiower alkyl)-;
A is selected from -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)S ;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)ORg and -O(CO)NR6R~; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl; or R~ and R2 together are =O;
q is 1, 2 or 3;
p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
R5 is 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)~_5OR9, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R~, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6S02 lower alkyl, -NR6S0~ aryl, -CONR6R~, -CORE, -S02NR6R7, S(O)o_2 alkyl, S(O)o_2 aryl, -O(CH2)~-~o COOR6, -O(CH2)~_~oCONR6R~, o-halogeno, m-halogeno, o-lower alkyl, m-lower alkyl, -(lower alkylene)-COOR6, and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R3 and R4 are independently 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of R5, hydrogen, p-lower alkyl, aryl, -NO2, -CF3 and p-halogeno;

R6, R' and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
Preferred compounds of Formula III include those in which Ar1 is R3-substituted phenyl, especially (4-R3)-substituted phenyl. Ar2 is preferably R~-substituted phenyl, especially (4-R4)-substituted phenyl. Ar3 is preferably R5-substituted phenyl, especially (4-R5)-substituted phenyl. Mono-substitution of each of Ar1, Ar2 and Ar3 is preferred.
Y and Z are each preferably -CHI . R2 is preferably hydrogen. R1 is preferably -OR6 wherein R6 is hydrogen, or a group readily metabolizable to a hydroxyl (such as -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 and -O(CO)NR6R', defined above). Also preferred are compounds wherein R~ and Rz together are =O.
The sum of q and p is preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1. Preferred are compounds wherein p is zero and q is 1. More preferred are compounds wherein p is zero,.q is.l,.Y is -CH,; and R1 is -OR6, especially when.R6 is hydrogen.
Another group of preferred compounds is that in which Ar1 is R3-substituted phenyl, Ar2 is R4-substituted phenyl and Ar3 is R5-substituted phenyl.
Also preferred are compounds wherein Are is R3-substituted phenyl, Ar2 is R4-substituted phenyl, Ar3 is R5-substituted phenyl, and the sum of p and q is 1 or 2, especially 1. More preferred are compounds wherein Ar1 is R3-substituted phenyl, Ar2 is R4-substituted phenyl, Ar3 is R5-substituted phenyl, p is zero and q is 1.
A is preferably -O-.
R3 is preferably -COOR6, -CONR6R', -CORE, -S02NR6R', S(O)o_2 alkyl, S(O)o_2 aryl, N02 or halogeno. A more preferred definition for R3 is halogeno, especially fluoro or chloro.
R4 is preferably hydrogen, lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CO)NR6R', -NR6R', CORE or halogeno, wherein R6 and R' are preferably independently hydrogen or lower alkyl, and R9 is preferably lower alkyl. A
more preferred definition for R4 is hydrogen or halogeno, especially fluoro or chloro.

R5 is preferably -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R', -(lower alkylene)-COOR6 or -CH=CH-COOR6, wherein R6 and R7 are preferably independently hydrogen or lower alkyl, and R9 is preferably lower alkyl. A
more preferred definition for R5 is -OR6, -(lower alkylene)-COOR6 or -CH=CH-COOR6, wherein R6 is preferably hydrogen or lower alkyl.
Methods for making compounds of Formula III are well known to those skilled in the art. Non-limiting examples of suitable methods are disclosed in U.S.
Patent No.
5,688,990, which is incorporated herein by reference.
In another embodiment, compounds useful in the methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (IV) below:
R~9 ~ ~-A
Are-R~-Q
O N~Ar2 (IV) or a pharmaceutically acceptable s~a9t thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (IV) above:
A is selected from the group consisting of R2-substituted heterocycloalkyl, R2-substituted heteroaryl, R2-substituted benzofused heterocycloalkyl, and R2-substituted benzofused heteroaryl;
Ar1 is aryl or R3-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;
Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the \R ~-(R6)a spiro group (R )b~ ; and R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-(CH2)q , wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;
-(CH2)e G-(CH2)r , wherein G is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR8- or -S(O)o_2-, a is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of a and r is 1-6;

-(C2 C6 alkenylene)-; and -(CH2)f V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3 C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;
R5 is selected from:
I I
-CH-, -C(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -C(C6H4-R9)-,-N-, or-+NO- ;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CHI , -CH(Ct-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(C~-C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C~-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or R5 together with an adjacent R6, or R5 together with an adjacent R7, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(C~-C6 alkyl)- group;
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R6 is -CH=CH- or -C(Ct-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1; provided that when R7 is -CH=CH- or -C(Ct-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R6's cart be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or ~, the R~'sv'can be the same or different;
and when Q is a bond, R1 also can be selected from:
R1o R1~ R1o R1o i -M-Yd-C-Zh ~ -Xm-(C)s-Yn (C)t-Zp- or -Xj-(C)~-Yk S(O)p_2 ;

where M is -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2 ;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2 , -CH(C1-C6 alkyl)- and -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl);
R1o and Rt2 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR14, -O(CO)R~4, -O(CO)OR16 and -O(CO)NR14R1s Rt1 and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C~-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R1~ and R11 together are =O, or Rt2 and R13 together are =O;
d is 1, 2 or 3;
h is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;

s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently 0-4; provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6; provided that when p is 0 and t is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;
vis0or1;
j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
R2 is 1-3 substituents on the ring carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C1o)alkyl, (C~ C1o)alkenyl, (C2 C1o)alkynyl, (C3 C6)cycloalkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkenyl, R17-substituted aryl, R17-substituted benzyl, R17-substituted benzyloxy, R1~-substituted aryloxy, halogeno, -NR14R15, NR14R1s(C1-C6 alkylene)-, NR14R1sC(O)(C1-C6 alkylene)-,-NHC(O)R16, OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, -OC(O)R16, -COR14, hydroxy(C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C.1-C6)alkyl, N02, -S(O)o-2816, -SO2NR14R1s and -(C1-C6 alkylene)COOR14; when R2 is a substituent on, a heterocycloalkyl ring, R2 is ~~
(Cf-i 2) 1-2 2 as defined, or is =O or o ; and, where R is a substituent on a substitutable ring nitrogen, it is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, aryloxy, (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, hydroxy, -(CH2)1-sCONR18R18, R1s\
N
or (~H2)o-a a wherein J is -O-, -NH-, -NR1$- or -CH2 ;
R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, -OR14, -O CO R14, -O CO OR16 -O CH ) OR14, -O CO NR14R1s -NR14R1s~
( ) ( ) s ( 2 1_5 ( ) o -NR14(CO)R15, -NR14(CO)OR16, -NR14(CO)NR15R19, -NR14S02R16, -COOR14, -CONR14R1s~ -COR14, -S02NR14R1s~ S(O)o-2R16~ -O(CH2)1-1o'COOR14, -O(CH2)1_IOCONR14R15, -(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR14, -CH=CH-COOR14, -CF3, -CN, -NOz and halogen;
R$ is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl (C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)R14 or -COOR14;
R9 and R17 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, N02, -NR R , OH and halogeno;
R14 and R15 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
R16 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R17-substituted aryl;
R1$ is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl; and R19 is hydrogen, hydroxy or (C1-C~)alkoxy.
As used in Formula (IV) above, "A" is preferably an R2-substituted, 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring containing 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms: Preferred heterocycloalkyl rings are piperidinyl, piperazinyl and morpholinyl groups.
The ring "A"' is preferably joined to the phenyl ring through a ring nitrogen.
Preferred R2 substituents are hydrogen and lower alkyl. R19 is preferably hydrogen.
Ar2 is preferably phenyl or R4-phenyl, especially (4-R4)-substituted phenyl.
Preferred definitions of R4 are lower alkoxy, especially methoxy, and halogeno, especially fluoro.
Ar1 is preferably phenyl or R3-substituted phenyl, especially (4-R3)-substituted phenyl.
There are several preferred definitions for the -R1-Q- combination of variables:
Q is a bond and R1 is lower alkylene, preferably propylene;
Q is a spiro group as defined above, wherein preferably R6 and R7 are each ethylene and R5 is -CH- or -C(OH)- ;
R1o Q is a bond and R1 is -M-Yd-C-Zri wherein the variables are chosen such that R1 is -O-CH2 CH(OH)-;

R12 R1o Q is a bond and Rlis -Xm-(C)S-Yri (C)t-Zp- wherein the variables are chosen such that Rlis -CH(OH)-(CH2)2-; and R1o Q is a bond and R1 is -X~-(C)"-Yk S(O)o_~- wherein the variables are chosen such that R1 is -CH(OH)-CHZ S(O)o_2 .
Methods for making compounds of Formula IV are well known to those skilled in the art. Non-limiting examples of suitable methods are disclosed in U.S.
Patent No.
5,656,624, which is incorporated herein by reference.
In another embodiment, compounds useful in the methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (V) below:
R
ArI~X /( ~)q~~ ~(~)r~ ~ ~Ar-. m R1 n 1.
O N.Ar3 (V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (V) above:
Ar1 is aryl, R~~-substituted aryl or heteroaryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;
X and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2 , -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
R is -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 or -O(CO)NR6R'; R' is hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl; or R and R~ together are =O;
qis0or1;
r is 0, 1 or 2;
m and n are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; provided that the sum of m, n and q is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;

R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5086, -O(CO)NR6R~, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6S02R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -CORE, -SO~NR6R~, S(O)o_2R9, -O(CH2)~-~o COOR6, -O(CH2)~-~oCONR6R~, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1_50R6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR (CO)R , -NR (CO)OR , -NR (CO)NR R , -NR S02R , -COOK , -CONK R , -COR6, -S02NR6R7, S(O)o_2R9, -O(CH2)1-70 COOR6, -O(CH2)~_~oCONR6R~, -CF3, -CN, -N02, halogen, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R6, R7 and R$ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower' alkyl;
R9 is lower ~Ikyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R1o is 1-5 substituents independentlyseiected~from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR~, °O(CH2)1-s~R6, -O(CO)NR6R~, -NR R , -NR (CO)R , -NR (CO)OR , -NR (CO)NR R , -NR S02R , -COOK , -CONR6R7, -CORE, -SO~NR6R~, -S(O)o_2R9, -O(CH2)~_~o COOR6, -O(CH2)~-~oCONR6R~, -CF3, -CN, -N02 and halogen.
Within the scope of Formula V, there are included two preferred structures. In Formula VA, q is zero and the remaining variables are as defined above, and in Formula VB, q is 1 and the remaining variables are as defined above:
R

Arl~Xm S(O)r Ar Ars /Cw S(O)r Ar-2 Yn Xm ~ 1 Yri R
O N.Ar3 O N,Ar3 VA VB
R4, R5 and Rio are each preferably 1-3 independently selected substituents as set forth above. Preferred are compounds of Formula (V) wherein Ar1 is phenyl, R1o-substituted phenyl or thienyl, especially (4-R1o)-substituted phenyl or thienyl. Ar2 is preferably R4-substituted phenyl, especially (4-R4)-substituted phenyl. Ar3 is preferably phenyl or R5-substituted phenyl, especially (4-R5)-substituted phenyl.
When Are is R~~-substituted phenyl, R~~ is preferably halogeno, especially fluoro.
When Ar2 is R4-substituted phenyl, R~ is preferably -OR6, especially wherein R6 is hydrogen or lower alkyl. When Ar3 is R5-substituted phenyl, R5 is preferably halogeno, especially fluoro. Especially preferred are compounds of Formula (V) wherein Are is phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl or thienyl, Ar is 4-(alkoxy or hydroxy)phenyl, and Ar3 is phenyl or 4-fluorophenyl.
X and Y are each preferably -CH2 . The sum of m, n and q is preferably 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 2. When q is 1, n is preferably 1 to 5.
Preferences for X, Y, Ar1, Ar2 and Ar3 are the same in each of Formulae (VA) and (VB).
In compounds of Formula (VA), the sum of m and n is preferably ~, 3 or ~, more preferably ~. Also preferred are compounds wherein the sum of m and n is 2, and r is 0 or 1.
in compounds of Formula (VB), the sum of m and n is preferably 1, ~ or 3, more preferably 1. Especially preferred are compounds wherein m is zero and n is 1.
R~ is preferably hydrogen and R is preferably -OR6 wherein R6 is hydrogen, or a group readily metabolizabie to a hydroxyl (such as -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 and -O(CO)NR6R7, defined above), or R and R~ together form a =O
group.
Methods for making compounds of Formula V are well known to those skilled in the art. Non-limiting examples of suitable methods are disclosed in U.S.
Patent No.
5,624,920, which is incorporated herein by reference.
In another embodiment, compounds useful in the methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (VI) below:

\R1-(R2)v /R2o I
N~

(VI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein in Formula (VI) below:
R1 is -CH-, -C(lower alkyl)-, -~F-, -l:(OH)-, -~(C6H5)-, -~(C6H4-R1s)-- N- or fN O ;
. . :R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
~CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)-, -C(di-lower alkyl)-, -CH=CH- and -C.(lower alkyl)=CH-; ~or ' R1 together with an adjacent R2, or R1 together with an adjacent i~~, form a ~CH=CH,- or a -CH=C(lower alkyl)- group;
a and v are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R2 is -CH=CH- or -C(lower alkyl)=CH-, v is 1; provided that when R3 is -CH=CH- or -C(lower alkyl)=CH-, a is 1; provided that when v is 2 or 3, the RZ's can be the same or different; and provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R3's can be the same or different;
Rq. is selected from B-(CH~)mC(O)-, wherein m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
B-(CH~)q-, wherein q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)e-Z-(CH2)r-, wherein Z is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -N(Rg)- or -S(O)0_2-, a is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of a and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 6;
B-(C2-Cg alkenylene)-;
B-(Cq.-Cg alkadienylene)-;

B-(CH2)t-Z-(C~-Cg alkenylene)-, wherein Z is as defined above, and wherein t is 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH~)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-Cg cycloalkylene, f is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and g is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)t-V-(C2-C6 alkenylene)- or B-(C~-Cg alkenylene)-V-(CH~)t-, wherein V and t are as defined above, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)a-Z-(CH2)b-V-(CH2)d-, wherein Z and V are as defined above and a, b and d are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, provided that the sum of a, b and d is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or T-(CH~)s-, wherein T is cycloalkyl of 3-6 carbon atoms and s is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or ' R1 and Rq. together form~the group B-CH=C-~ ;
B is selected from indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, heterd~r)~!
or W-substituted heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is selected frorii-the group consistine~ of pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyi, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyi,.
thienyl, oxazolyl and furanyl, and for nitrogen-containing heteroaryls, the N-oxides thereof, or //'~ R16 W is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, (lower alkoxyimino)-lower alkyl, lower alkanedioyl, lower alkyl lower alkanedioyl, allyloxy, -CF3, -OCF3, benzyl, R7-benzyl, benzyloxy, R7-benzyloxy, phenoxy, R7-phenoxy, dioxolanyl, NO2, -N(Rg)(Rg), N(Rg)(Rg)-lower alkylene-, N(Rg)(Rg)-lower alkylenyloxy-, OH, halogeno, -CN, -N3, -NHC(O)ORIp, -NHC(O)Rlp, R1102SNH-, (R11O2S)~N-, -S(O)~NH2, -S(O)0-~Rg, tert-butyldimethyl-silyloxymethyl, -C(O)R1 ~, -COORIg, -CON(Rg)(Rg), -CH=CHC(O)R12, -lower alkylene-C(O)R12, R1 pC(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)-, N(Rg)(Rg)C(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)- and - ~H2 ~R~s for substitution on ring carbon atoms, and the substituents on the substituted heteroaryl ring nitrogen atoms, when present, are selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -C(O)OR1 p, -C(O)R1 p, OH, N(Rg)(Rg)-lower alkylene-, N(Rg)(Rg)-lower alkylenyloxy-, -S(O)2NH2 and 2-(trimethylsilyl)-ethoxymethyl;
R7 is 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -COOH, N02, -N(Rg)(Rg), OH, and halogeno;
Rg and Rg are independently selected from H or lower alkyl;
R1 p is selected from lower alkyl, phenyl, R7-phenyl, benzyl or R7-benzyl;
R11 is selected from OH, lower alkyl., phenyl, benzyl, R7-phenyl or R7-benzyl; , R12 is selected from H, OH, alkoxy,. phenoxy, benzyloxy,.
' ~Rls -N(Rg)(Rg), lower alkyl, phenyl or R7-phenyl;
R13 is selected from -O-, -CH2-, -NH-, -N(lower alkyl)- or -NC(O)R1 g;
R15, R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H
and the groups defined for W; or R15 is hydrogen and R1 g and R17, together with adjacent carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a dioxolanyl ring;
R1g is H, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl; and R2p and R21 are independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, W-substituted naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzodioxolyl, heteroaryl, W-substituted heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl, W-substituted benzofused heteroaryl and cyclopropyl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above.
One group of preferred compounds of Formula VI is that in which R21 is selected from phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, indanyl, benzofuranyl, benzodioxolyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolyl or cyclopropyl, wherein W is lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, OH, halogeno, -N(Rg)(Rg), -NHC(O)OR~ p, -NHC(O)R~ p, NO~, -CN, -N3, -SH, -S(O)p-2-(lower alkyl), -COORS g, -CON(Rg)(Rg), -CORD 2, phenoxy, benzyloxy, -OCF3, -CH=C(O)RD 2 or tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy, wherein Rg, Rg, R~ p, R~ 2 and R~
g are as defined for Formula IV. When W is 2 or 3 substituents, the substituents can be the same or different.
Another group of preferred compounds of Formula VI is that in which Rip is phenyl or W-substituted phenyl, wherein preferred meanings of W are as defined above for preferred definitions of R21.
More preferred are compounds of Formula VI wherein Rip is phenyl or W-substituted phenyl and R~~ is phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, indanyl, benzofuranyl, benzodioxolyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolyl or cyclopropyl; W is lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, OH, halogeno, -N(Rg)(Rg), -NHC(O)OR1 p, -NHC(O)R~ p, NOZ, -CN, -N3, -SH, -S(O)p_2-(lower alkyl), -COOK ~ g, -CON(Rg)(Rg), -CORD ~, phenoxy; benzyloxy, -CH=CHC(O)R~~, -~CFg or tent-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy,. wherein when W is 2 or 3 substituents, the substituents can be the same or different, and wherein Rg, Rg, R~ p, R~ 2 and R~ g are as defined in Formula VI.
Also preferred are compounds of Formula VI wherein R~ is -CH- or -~(OH)- .
Another group of preferred compounds of Formula VI is in which R~ and R3 are each -CHI- and the sum of a and v is 2, 3 or 4, with u=v=2 being more preferred.
R4 is preferably B-(CH2)q- or B-(CH~)e-Z-(CH~)r-, wherein B, Z, q, a and r are /~'% R16 as defined above. B is preferably R17 , wherein R~ 6 and R~ 7 are each hydrogen and wherein R~ 5 is preferably H, OH, lower alkoxy, especially methoxy, or halogeno, especially chloro.
Preferably Z is -O-, a is 0, and r is 0.
Preferably q is 0-2.
R2p is preferably phenyl or W-substituted phenyl.

Preferred W substituents for R20 are lower alkoxy, especially methoxy and ethoxy, OH, and -C(O)RD ~, wherein R~ 2 is preferably lower alkoxy.
Preferably R2~ is selected from phenyl, lower alkoxy-substituted phenyl and F-phenyl.
Especially preferred are compounds of Formula VI wherein R~ is -CH-, or l:(OH)- , R2 and R3 are each -CH2-, u=v=2, R4 is B-(CH~)q-, wherein B is phenyl or phenyl substituted by lower alkoxy or chloro, q is 0-2, R20 is phenyl, OH-phenyl, lower alkoxy-substituted phenyl or lower alkoxycarbonyl-substituted phenyl, and R2~
is phenyl, lower alkoxy-substituted phenyl or F-phenyl.
An example of another useful compound of Formula VI is shown below in Formula Vla:
F
(Vla) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
Methods for making compounds of Formula VI are well known to those skilled in the art. Non-limiting examples of suitable methods are disclosed in U.S.
Patent No.
5,698,548, which is incorporated herein by reference.
In another embodiment, compounds useful in the methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (VII):

r O-G
Ark-R~-Q
O N~A~ (VII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (VII) above, R26 is H or OG~;
G and G~ are independently selected from the group consisting of OR4 ~5 OR4 OR7 O
~n I pR5 v~iOR3 ~ .nIOR3 , -CHI
H° O O -CO~R2 CH20R6 OR3 OR4 O R3a R4a~ yR
and ~R~ ~ ~~ CH2R~
R40/r provided that when R2~ is H or ~~CH2Ra OH, G is not H;
R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, a~ido, (C~-C6)alkoxy(C~-Cg)-alkoxy or -W-R30;
W is independently selected from the group consisting of -NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-N(R~~ )-, -NH-C(O)-N(R3~ )- and -O-C(S)-N(R3~ )-;
R2 and R6 are independently selected from fihe group consisting of H, (C~-Cg)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C~-Cg)alkyl;
R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C~-Cg)alkyl, aryl(C~-Cg)alkyl, -C(O)(C~-Cg)alkyl and -C(O)aryl;
R3~ is selected from the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C~-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(C~-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-Cg)alkyl;
R31 is selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-Cq.)alkyl;
T is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogeno, (C1-Cq.)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -NO~, (C1-Cq.)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C1-Cq.)alkylsulfanyl, (C1-Cq.)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)~, -C(O)-NH(C1-Cq.)alkyl, -C(O)-N((C1-Cq.)alkyl)~, -C(O)-(C1-Cq.)alkyl, -C(O)-(C1-Cq.)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31, the nitrogen to which it is attached and R3~ form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N- r.
methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;
Ar1 is aryl or R10-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R11-substituted aryl;
Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, ~R12-(R13) a forms the spiro group (R1a) ~~ ; and R1 is selected from the group consisting of -(CH~)q-, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;
-(CH2)e-E-(CH2)r-, wherein E is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR~~- or -S(O)0-2-, a is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of a and r is 1-6;
-(C2-Cg)alkenylene-; and -(CH~)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-Cg cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;
R12 is -CH-, -C(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -C(C6H4-823)-, -N-, or -+NO' ;
I
813 and 814 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(C1-Cg alkyl)-, -C(di-(C1-Cg) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C1-Cg alkyl)=CH-; or 812 together with an adjacent 813, or 812 together with an adjacent 814, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(C1-Cg alkyl)- group;
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero;
provided that when 813 is -GH=CH- or-C(C1-Cg alkyl)=CH-, a is 1;
provided that when 814 is -CH=CH- or-C(C1-Cg alkyl)=CH-, b is 1;
provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R1 ~'s can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;
and when Q is a bond, R1 also can be:
815 817 815 81,5 ~ l t -~-Yd-C-zh°_ , ~Xm-(C)s-Y~'~(G)t-gyp- ~Or --,~(~-(C)v'Y~; S(O)Q_2-R16 R1a x,16 x'16 Ni is -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)S-; .
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CHI-, -CH(C1-Cg)alkyl- and -C(di-(C1-Cg)alkyl);
810 and 811 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (G1-Cg)alkyl, -OR19, -O(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR21, -O(CH2)1-50819, -O(CO)NR19R20~ _NR19R20~ _NR19(CO)R~O, -NR19(CO)OR~1, -NR19(CO)NR~OR25, _NR19SO~R21, _C00819, -CONR19R20, -COR19, -SO~NR19R20~ S(O)0_~R21, _O(GH2)1-10-COOR19, -O(CH~)1-10CONR19R20, -(C1-Cg alkylene)-COOR19, -CH=CH-COOR19, -CF3, -CN, -N02 and halogen;
815 and 817 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR19, -O(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR~1 and -O(CO)NR19R20;

R16 and R18 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-Cg)alkyl and aryl; or R15 and R16 together are =O, or R17 and R18 together are =O;
d is 1, 2 or 3;
h is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently 0-4;
provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6;
provided that when p is 0 and t is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;
vis0or1;
j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;

i -Xj-(C)v-Yk S(~)0-2 and when Q is a bond and R1 is R16 ~ , Ar1 can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
R1 g' and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-Cg)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
R21 is (C1-Cg)alkyl, aryl or R24-substituted aryl;
R~~ is H, (C1-Cg)alkyl, aryl (C1-Cg)alkyl, -C(O)R19 or-COOR19;
R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-Cg)alkoxy, -COOH, N02, -NR19R20, -OH and halogeno; and R25 is H, -OH or (C1-Cg)alkoxy.
Ark is preferably phenyl or R11-phenyl, especially (4-R11 )-substituted phenyl.
Preferred definitions of R11 are lower alkoxy, especially methoxy, and halogeno, especially fluoro.
Ar1 is preferably phenyl or R10-substituted phenyl, especially (4-R10)_ substituted phenyl. Preferably R10 is halogeno, and more preferably fluoro.

There are several preferred definitions for the -R1-Q- combination of variables:
Q is a bond and R1 is lower alkylene, preferably propylene;
Q is a spiro group as defined above, wherein preferably R13 and R14 are each ethylene and R12 is -CH- or -C(OH)- , and R1 is -(CH2)q wherein q is 0-6;

Q is a bond and R1 is -M -Yd-C-Zri wherein the variables are chosen such that R1.is -O-CH2-CH(OH)-;

Q is a bond and R1 -Xm-(C)S-Yp (C)t-Zp- wherein the variables are chosen such that R1 is -CH(OH)-(CH2)~-; and Q is a bond and R1 is ~~J-(C)~-Yk S(O)o_z-- wherein the i variables are chosen such that R1 is -CH(OH)-CH2-S(O)0-2-.
A preferred compound of Formula (VII) therefore, is one wherein G and G1 are as defined above and in which the remaining variables have the following definitions:
Ar1 is phenyl or R10-substituted phenyl, wherein R10 is halogeno;
Ark is phenyl or R11-phenyl, wherein R11 is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkoxy and halogeno;
Q is a bond and R1 is lower alkylene; Q, with the 3-position Rlz~Rls) a ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the group (R14) ~ wherein preferably R13 and R14 are each ethylene and a and b are each 1, and wherein R1 ~ is -CH- or -C(OH)- ; C~ is a bond and R1 is -O-CHI-CH(OH)-; Q is a bond and R1 is -CH(OH)-(CH2)2-; or Q is a bond and R1 is -C H (O H )-CH2-S (O)0-2-.
Preferred variables for G and G1 groups of the formulae O
O~w~OR3 O~w~oR3 and -CH2 .,,,ORS
~J'C02R2' -~CH20R6 OR3 OR4 are as follows:
R~, R3, R4, R5, R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, benzyl and acetyl.
Preferred variables for group G or G1 of the formula:
R4a4 .
CH2 Rb CH2Ra are as follows:
R3, R3a, RQ~ and R4a are selected from the group consisting of H, (C1--Cg)alkyl, benzyl and acetyl;
R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C1-Cg)alkoxy(C1-Cg)alkoxy and -W-R30, wherein W is -O-C(O)- or -O-C(O)-NR31-, R31 is H and R30 is (C1-Cg)alkyl, -C(O)-(C1-C4)alkoxy-(C1-Cg)alkyl, T , T-(C1-Cg)alkyl, or T or T-(C1-Cg)alkyl wherein T is substituted by one or two halogeno or (C1-Cg)alkyl groups.
Preferred R30 substituents are selected from the group consisting of: 2-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-thienylmethyl, 2-methoxy-carbonylethyl, thiazol-2-yl-methyl, 2-furyl, 2-methoxycarbonylbutyl and phenyl.
Preferred combinations of R, Ra and Rb are as follows:
1 ) R, Ra and Rb are independently -OH or -O-C(O)-NH-R30, especially wherein Ra is -OH and R and Rb are -O-C(O)-NH-R30 and R30 is selected from the preferred substituents identified above, or wherein R and Ra are each -OH and Rb is-O-C(O)-NH-R3~ wherein R3~ is 2-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl;
2) Ra is -OH, halogeno, azido or (C1-Cg)-alkoxy(C1-Cg)alkoxy, Rb is H, halogeno, azido or (C1-Cg)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy, and R is -O-C(O)-NH-R3~, especially compounds wherein Ra is -OH, Rb is H and R30 is 2-fluorophenyl;
3) R, Ra and Rb are independently -OH or -O-C(O)-R3~ and R3~ is (C1-C6)alkyl, T , or T substituted by one or two halogeno or (C1-C6)alkyl groups, especially compounds wherein R is -OH and Ra and Rb are -O-C(O)-R3~ wherein R3~ is 2-furyl; and 4) R, Ra and Rb are independently -OH or halogeno. Three additional classes of preferred compounds are those wherein the C1 ~ anomeric oxy is beta, wherein the C~' anomeric oxy is beta, andw~herein the R group is alpha.
G and G1 are preferably selected from:
OH ~H OH OH Ojc OAc O
O~~I IOH , O~~I IOH , -CH2 ~I (OH ~ O ~~I (OAc -~CO2H .~~CH20H ~H OH

PhGH20~ OCH2Ph PhCH~~ OCN2Ph O
-CH2 nIOCH2Ph , ~~IIOCH~Ph , ~~IIOCH~Ph , ~ OGH2Ph O -~ ~('O
C02CH2Ph CH20CH2Ph OCH2Ph O ~ OAc ~ OH OCH3 O
O~nIOAc , O~~IOH -CH2 ~IIOH
CH20Ac C02CH3 OH OH

OH OAc HO/~~ ~~\OH Ac0/~ ~~\OAc OH O O ~CH20H OAc O O CH20Ac HO~, ~\ , Ac0/, CH OAc O CH20H O z O F
OH II
H~i~'~O C H \ /
and OH ~O.~CH20H
HO ~ ~O
~CH OH

wherein Ac is acetyl and Ph is phenyl.
Preferably, R26 is H or OH, more preferably H. The -O-G substituent is preferably in the 4-position of the phenyl ring to which it is attached.
In another embodiment, compounds useful in the methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (VIII) below:
ORS
1 r . R2E , Ar -CH-~Q
O H'A~ (VIII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein in Formula (VIII) above:
R26 is selected from the group consisting of:
a) OH;
b) OCH3;
c) fluorine and d) chlorine.
R~ is selected from the group consisting of ~nIOR3 , --CH wIOR5 ~nIOR3 , H' . 4 OR3a 4a R O~~~R -Sp3H; natural and unnatural OR3 ~~n~CH~Rb ~ amino acids.

H~Ra R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy and -W-R30;
W is independently selected from the group consisting of -NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-N(R31 )-, -NH-C(O)-N(R31 )- and -O-C(S)-N(R31 )-;
R~ and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryi(C1-C6)alkyl;
R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-Cg)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)(C1-C5)alkyl and -C(O)aryl;
R3o is independently selected forr~i the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R3~-substituted-T-(C1-Cg)alkyi, R32-substituted-(C~-Cq.)alkenyl, R3~-substituted-(C1-Cg)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R3~-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-Cg)alkyl;
R31 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-Cq.)alkyl;
T is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
R3~ is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogeno, (C1-Cq.)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -N02, (C1-Cq.)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C1-Cq.)alkylsulfanyl, (C1-Cq.)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-Cq.)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)~, -C(O)-NH(C1-Cq.)alkyl, -C(O)-N((C1-Cq.)alkyl)2, -C(O)-(C1-Cq.)alkyl, -C(O)-(C1-Cq.)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31, the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;
Ar1 is aryl or R10-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R11-substituted aryl;
Q is -(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, ~R12 (R~3) a forms the spiro group (R14)b~ ;
R12 is I I I I I I I
-CH-, -C(C~-C6 alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -C(C6H4-R~3)-, -N-, or -+NO- ;
R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(G1-C6 ~Ikyl)-, -C(di-(C1-Cg) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C1-C5 alkyl)=GH-; or together with an adjacent R1 ~, or R12 together with an adjacent R~, 4, form a -CH=CH_ or a -CH=C(G1-C6 alkyl)- group; ~ .
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R13 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-Cg alkyl)=CH-, a is 1; provided that when R14 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-Cg alkyl)=CH-, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;
R10 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-Cg)alkyl, -OR19, -O(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR21, -O(CH2)1-50R19~ -O(CO)NR19R20~ _NR19R20~ -NR19(CO)R20, -NR19(CO)OR21, _ NR19(CO)NR20R25, -NR19S02R21, -COORIg, -CONR19R20, -COR19, -SO2NR19R20, S(O)0-2821 -O(CH2)1-10-COOR19, -O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20, -(C1-Cg alkylene)-COOR19, -CH=CH-COOR19, -CF3, -CN, -N02 and halogen;

Ar1 can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
R19 and R2~ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-Cg)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
R21 is (C1-Cg)alkyl, aryl or R24-substituted aryl;
R2~ is H, (C1-Cg)alkyl, aryl (C1-Cg)alkyl, -C(O)R19 or-COOR19;
R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-Cg)alkyl, (C1-Cg)alkoxy, -COOH, N02, -NR19R2~, -OH
and halogeno; and R25 is H, -OH or (C1-Cg)alkoxy.
Ark is preferably phenyl or R11-phenyl, especially (4-R11)-substituted phenyl.
Preferred definitions of R11 are lower alkoxy, -especially methoxy, and halogeno, especially fluoro., ;
Ar1 is preferably phenyl or R1 ~-substituted phenyl; especially (4-R1 g)--substituted phenyl. A preferred definition of R1 U is halogeno, especially fluoro.
Preferably Q is a lower alkyl or a spiro group as defined above, wherein i preferably R13 and R14 are each ethylene and R12 is -CH- or -C(OH)- .
A preferred compound of formula VIII, therefore, is one wherein R~ is as defined above and in which the remaining variables have the following definitions:
Ar1 is phenyl or R1 ~-substituted phenyl, wherein R1 ~ is halogeno;
Ar2 is phenyl or R11-phenyl, wherein R11 is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-Cg alkoxy and halogeno;
Q is a lower alkyl (i.e. C-1 to C-2) with Q = C-2 being preferred, or Q, with the R12~R13) a 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the group (Rla.) wherein preferably R13 and R14 are each ethylene and a and b are each 1, and wherein R~ 2 is -CH- or -C(OH)- ;
Preferred variables for R~ groups of the formula O
O~wnOR3, o~~~noR3 and -CH2 .,,iORS
--~COZRz -~CH20R6 ERs OR4 are as follows:
R2, R3, R4, R5, R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-Cg)alkyl, benzyl and acetyl.
Preferred variables for group R' of the formula OR3a R4a0. R
R3 O O~CH2Rb ~,OH Ra 2 ,.
are as follows:
R3, R3a, R4 and R4a are selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, benzyl and acetyl;
R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C1-Cg)alkoxy(C1-Cg)alkoxy and -W-R30, wherein W is -O-C(O)- or -O-C(O)-NR31-, R31 is H and R3~ is (C1-Cg)alkyl, -C(O)-(C1-C4)alkoxy-(C1-C6)alkyl, T , T-(C1-C6)alkyl, or T or T-(C1-C6)alkyl wherein T is substituted by one or two halogeno or (C1-C6)alkyl groups.
Preferred R30 substituents are 2-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-thienylmethyl, 2-methoxy-carbonylethyl, thiazol-2-yl-methyl, 2-furyl, 2-methoxycarbonylbutyl and phenyl. Preferred combinations of R, Ra and Rb are as follows: 1 ) R, Ra and Rb are independently -OH or -O-C(O)-NH-R3~, especially wherein Ra is -OH and R and Rb are -O-C(O)-NH-R3~ and R3~ is selected from the preferred substituents identified above, or wherein R and Ra are -OH and Rb is-O-C(O)-NH-R3~ wherein R3~ is 2-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl; 2) Ra is -OH, halogeno, azido or (C~-Cg)-alkoxy(C~-Cg)alkoxy, Rb is H, halogeno, azido or (C~-Cg)alkoxy(C~-Cg)-alkoxy, and R is -O-C(O)-NH-R30, especially compounds wherein Ra is -OH, Rb is H and R3~ is 2-fluorophenyl; 3) R, Ra and Rb are independently -OH or -O-C(O)-R3g and R3g is (C~-Cg)alkyl, T , or T
substituted by one or two halogeno or (C~-C6)alkyl groups, especially compounds wherein R is -OH and Ra and Rb are -O-C(O)-R30 wherein R30 is 2-furyl; and 4) R, Ra and Rb are independently -OH or halogeno. Three additional classes of preferred are compounds are those wherein the C~~ anomeric oxy is beta, wherein the C2~
anomeric oxy is beta, and wherein the R group is alpha.
R~ is preferably selected from:
OH OH OH OH OAc pAc OH , O
O~IIIOH , ~~'oIOH , CH2 '~IOH j ~ o~~IIOAC
--~GO2H GH2OH pE~ °~H .~(~~O2CH3 PhCH20~ OCH2Ph PhCH2~ OCH2Ph O
-CH2 '~IOCH2Ph ~'~ IOCH2Ph , ~~I IOCH~Ph , O O ~ OCH2Ph C02CH2Ph CH20CH2Ph OCH2Ph OA OAc OH OH OCH3 O
O~'IIOAc , O~~IIOH -CH2 'iIOH
-~CHZOAc ~('C02CH3 ' OH OH
OH OAc H~o~ ~~OH AcO~~ ~~\OAc HO~, OHM\O O~CH20H ~ Ac0/, OA~O O CH20Ac OH CH OAc OH _~ _ F
H~i~ ~O C H
and OH ~O~CH20H
HO ~ ~O
O CHzOH
wherein Ac is acetyl and Ph is phenyl.
An example of a useful compound of this invention is one represented by the formula IX:
ORS i OH
F I ~ p~N i F
IX
wherein R~ is defined as above, o~- a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
A more preferred compound is one represented by formula X:
O
HO, OH
O
HO OH
HO O
F
F ~X) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
The compounds of Formulae I-X can be prepared by known methods, including the methods discussed above and, for example, WO 93/02048 describes the preparation of compounds wherein -R1-Q- is alkylene, alkenylene or alkylene interrupted by a hetero atom, phenylene or cycloalkylene; WO 94/17038 describes the preparation of compounds wherein Q is a spirocyclic group; WO 95/08532 describes the preparation of compounds wherein -R1-Q- is a hydroxy-substituted alkylene group; PCT/US95/03196 describes compounds wherein -R1-Q- is a hydroxy-substituted alkylene attached to the Ar1 moiety through an -O- or S(O)0-2-group; and U.S. Serial No. 08/463,619, filed June 5, 1995, describes the preparation of compounds wherein -R1-Q- is a hydroxy-substituted alkylene group attached the azetidinone ring by a -S(O)0_2- group.
The daily dose of the compound of Formula I-X administered to the subject can range from about 0.1 to about 1000 mg per day, preferably about 0.25 to about mg/day, and more preferably about 10 mg per day, given in a single dose or 2-4 divided doses. The exact dose, however, is determined by the attending clinician and is dependent on the potency of the compound administered, the age, weight, condition and response of the subject.
For administration of pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the above compounds, the weights indicated above refer to the weight of the acid equivalent or the base equivalent of the therapeutic compound derived from the salt.
In another alternative er~bodir~~ent, the compositions~used in the methods of the present invention can fur$her comprise one or more Alzheimer's treatments different from compounds I-X' discussed above (e.g., difFerent in chemical structure) in combination with one or more of compounds I-X above.
Non-limiting examples of suitable treatments which can be useful in treating Alzheimer's Disease include administration of one or more of the following:
cholinesterase inhibitors, muscarinic receptor agonists, M2 muscarinic receptor antagonists, acetylcholine release stimulators, choline uptake stimulators, nicotinic cholinergic receptor agonists, anti-A~3 vaccines, y-secretase inhibitors, (3-secretase inhibitors, amyloid aggregation inhibitors, amyloid precursor protein antisense oligonucleotides, monoamine reuptake inhibitors, human stem cells, gene therapy, nootropic agents, AMPA receptor ligands, growth factors or growth factor receptor agonists, anti-inflammatory agents, free radical scavengers, antioxidants, superoxide dismutase stimulators, calcium channel blockers, apoptosis inhibitors, caspase inhibitors, monoamine oxidase inhibitors, estrogens and estrogen receptor ligands, NMDA receptor antagonists, Jun N-terminal kinase (JNK) inhibitors, copper/zinc chelators, 5-HT1 a receptor agonists, NGF stimulators, neuroprotective agents, histamine receptor antagonists, calpain inhibitors, poly ADP ribose polymerase inhibitors, prolylendopeptidase inhibitors, calcium modulators, corticortropin releasing factor receptor antagonists, corticortropin releasing factor binding protein inhibitors, GABA modulators, GABA-A receptor antagonists, GABA-B receptor antagonists, neuroimmunophilin ligands, sigma receptor ligands, galanin receptor ligands, imidazoline/alpha adrenergic receptor antagonists, vasoactive intestinal peptide receptor agonists, benzodiazepine receptor inverse agonists, cannabinoid receptor agonists, thyrotropin releasing hormone receptor agonists, protein kinase C
inhibitors, 5-HT3 receptor antagonists, prostaglandin receptor antagonists, topoisomerase II
inhibitors, steroid receptor ligand, nitric oxide modulators, RAGE inhibitors, dopamine receptor agonists, and combinations thereof.
Suitable cholinesterase inhibitors include donepezil hydrochloride (such as ARICEPT which is available from Pfizer), rivastigmine tartrate (such as EXELON
which is available from Novartis), tacrine (such as COGNEX which is available from Parke-Davis), galanthamine derivatives available from Janssen, metrifonate available from Bayer Corp., ipidacrine available from IVikken Chemicals Co. Ltd., TAK-147; T-82 available from SS Pharmaceutical Co. L~d.y m~thahesulfonyl fluoride, CHF-2819;
.
phenserine, physostigmine available~fi-om F~restlLaboratories, Inc., huperzine, cymserine available from Anonyx Inc., tolserine available from National Institutes of Health, ER-127528 available from Eisai Co. Ltd., and combinations thereof.
Useful muscarinic receptor agonists include cevimeline, PD-151832 available from Pfizer Inc., YM-796 available from Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Inc., P-58 available from Phytopharm plc and combinations thereof.
Suitable acetylcholine release stimulators include minaprine, montirelin available from Grunenthal GmbH, T-588 available from Toyama Chemical Co. Ltd., XE-991 and combinations thereof. Useful choline uptake stimulators include MKC-231 available from Mitsubishi-Tokyo Pharmaceuticals Inc.
Suitable nicotinic cholinergic receptor agonists include altinicline available from SIBIA Neurosciences Inc., SIB-1553A, ABT-089 (disclosed in U.S. Patent No.
5278176 and available from Abbott Laboratories), nicotine patch, GRS-21, TC-and combinations thereof.
Suitable anti-A(i vaccines include AN-1792.

Suitable amyloid aggregation inhibitors include reumacon available from Conpharm AB, NC-531 available from Neurochem lnc., PPI-1019 available from Praecis Pharmaceuticals Inc. and combinations thereof.
Suitable monoamine reuptake inhibitors include NS-2330.
Suitable nootropic agents include oxiracetam available from ISF Societa Per Azioni, pramiracetam available from Warner Lambert Co., idebenone available from Takeda Chemical Inds. Ltd., anapsos available from ASAC Pharmaceuticals International, nebracetam available from Boehringer Ingelheim Corp., JTP-2942 available from Japan Tobacco Inc., fasoracetam available from Nippon Shinyaku Co.
Ltd., bacosides available from Central Drug Research Institute, alzene available from Bar-Ilan University, KA-672 available from Dr. Willmar Schwabe GmbH & Co., alaptid available from VUFB, IQ-200, ALE-26015 available from Allelix Pharm-Eco LP and combinations thereof.
Useful AMPA receptor ligands include CX-5.15, CX-F~91 available from Cortex Pharmaceuticals Inc. and combinations thereof.
Suitable growth factors or growth factor receptor ~gonists include leteprinim.
.. Suitable anti-inflammatory agents include COX2 .inhibitors (such. as ViCXX
rofecoxib available from Merck & Co., Inc. and CELEBREX celecoxib available from Pfizer), cyfiokine inhibitors (such as thalidomide disclosed in WQ 95/04533 and dexanabinol) complement inhibitors, leukotriene receptor antagonists and combinations thereof.
Useful free radical scavengers/antioxidants include EGb-761 available from Yuyu Industrial Co., CPI-22, dexanabinol and combinations thereof.
Suitable calcium channel blockers include tamolarizine available from Nippon Chemiphar Co., Ltd., nimodipine available from Bayer AG, PD-176078 available from Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and combinations thereof.
Suitable apoptosis inhibitors include acetyl-L-carnitine, CEP-1347 available from Cephalon, Inc., TCH-346 available from Novartis AG and combinations thereof.
A useful caspase inhibitor is pralnacasan.
Suitable monoamine oxidase inhibitors include moclobemide available from Roche Holding AG, selegiline, rasagiline available from Teva Pharmaceutical Inds.
Ltd., SL-25.1188, Ro-41-1049 available from Roche Holding AG, and combinations thereof.

Suitable NMDA receptor antagonists include memantine, ipenoxazone available from Nippon Chemiphar Co. Ltd. and combinations thereof.
Suitable copper/zinc chelators include clioquinol available from PN
Gerolymatos SA.
A useful 5-HT1 a receptor agonist is AP-159 available from Asahi Kasei Corp.;
a suitable NGF stimulator is xaliprodene available from Sanofi-Synthelabo.
Suitable neuroprotective agents include citicholine, GS-1590 available from Leo Pharmaceutical Products Ltd. A/S, CPI-1189 available from Centaur Pharmaceuticals Inc., SR-57667 available from Sanofi-Synthelabo and combinations thereof.
Suitable H3 histamine receptor antagonists include GT-2016 and GT-2331 (both available from Gliatech, Inc.) and combinations thereof.
Useful prolylendopeptidase inhibitors include ONO-1603 available from Ono Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd., Z-321 available from Zeria Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd.
and combinations thereof.
A useful calcium modulator includes neuro~alc available from Apollo Biopharmaceuticals Inc..
A suitable cor~icortropin releasing factor receptor anta'gcanist includes NBI~-available from Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc.
A useful GABA modulator includes NGD 97-1 available from Neurogen Corp.
A suitable sigma receptor ligand is igmesine available from Pfizer lnc.
A useful imidazoline/alpha adrenergic receptor antagonist is efaroxan available from Reckitt & Colman PLC.
A suitable vasoactive intestinal peptide receptor agonist is stearyl-Nle-VIP.
A useful benzodiazepine inverse agonist is S-8510 available from Shionogi &
Co. Ltd.
A suitable cannabinoid receptor agonist is dronabinol available from Unimed Pharmaceuticals Inc.
Useful thyrotropin releasing hormone receptor agonists include taltireline available from Tanabe Seiyaku Co. Ltd. and protirelin available from Takeda Chemical Inds., Inc.
A suitable 5-HT3 antagonist is GYKI-46903.
A useful topoisomerase II inhibitor is iododoxorubicin available from Pharmacia & Upjohn AB.

A suitable steroid receptor agonist is GL-701 available from Leland Stanford Junior University.
A useful corticosteroid receptor antagonist is anticort.
A suitable nitric oxide modulator is GL-701.
A suitable RAGE inhibitor is ALT-711 available from Alteon Inc.
A useful dopamine receptor agonist is speramine.
Generally, a total daily dosage of Alzheimer's treatments) different from compounds I-X as discussed above can range from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg/day, and preferably about 0.5 to about 20 mg/kg body weight/day in single or divided doses.
In another embodiment of the present invention, the compositions used in the methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more pharmacological or therapeutic agents or drugs such as cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors and/or other lipid-lowering agents, as discussed below.
Non-limiting examples of suitable~cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors include competitive inhibitors of HMG CoA reductase, the rate-limiting step in c,holest~rol biosynthesis;~sghalene synthase inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors and, mixtures thereof. Non-limiting examples of suitable HMG CoA reductase inhibitors include statins such as lovastatin (for example MEVACOR~ which is available from Merck & Co.), pravastatin (for example 'PRAVACHOL~ which is available from Bristol Meyers Squibb), fluvastatin, simvastatin (for example ZOCOR~ which is available from Merck & Co.), atorvastatin, cerivastatin, CI-981 and pitavastatin (such as NK-104 of Negma Kowa of Japan), rosuvastatin; HMG CoA synthetase inhibitors, for example L-659,699 ((E,E)-11-[3'R-(hydroxy-methyl)-4'-oxo-2'R-oxetanyl]-3,5,78-trimethyl-2,4-undecadienoic acid); squalene synthesis inhibitors, for example squalestatin 1; and squalene epoxidase inhibitors, for example, NB-598 ((E)-N-ethyl-N-(6,6-dimethyl-2-hepten-4-ynyl)-3-[(3,3'-bithiophen-5-yl)methoxy]benzene-methanamine hydrochloride) and other sterol biosynthesis inhibitors such as DMP-565. Preferred HMG CoA
reductase inhibitors include lovastatin, pravastatin and simvastatin. The most preferred HMG CoA reductase inhibitor is simvastatin.

Generally, a total daily dosage of cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors) can range from about 0.1 to about 160 mg per day, and preferably about 0.2 to about 80 mg/day in single or 2-3 divided doses.
In another embodiment, the compositions used in the compositions and methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more other lipid lowering agents as discussed below. For example, one or more PPAR activators, can be coadministered with or in combination with the compounds) of Formulae I-X
discussed above.
Also useful in the present invention are compositions or therapeutic combinations that further comprise at least one (one or more) activators for peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors (PPAR). The activators act as agonists for the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors. Three subtypes of PPAR have been identified, and these are designated as peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor alpha (PPARa), peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma (PPARy) and peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor delta (PPAR~). It should be noted that PPARS is also referred to in the literature as PPAR~i and as NUC1, and each.
of these names refers to the same receptor.
PPARa regulates the metabolism of lipids. PPARa is activated by fibrates and a number of medium and long-chain fatty acids, and it is involved in stimulating (3-oxidation of fatty acids. The PPARy receptor subtypes are involved in activating the program of adipocyte differentiation and are not involved in stimulating peroxisome proliferation in the liver. PPAR~ has been identified as being useful in increasing high density lipoprotein (HDL) levels in humans. See, e.g., WO 97/28149.
PPARa activator compounds are useful for, among other things, lowering triglycerides, moderately lowering LDL levels and increasing HDL levels.
Useful examples of PPARa activators include fibrates.
Non-limiting examples of suitable fibric acid derivatives ("fibrates") include clofibrate (such as ethyl 2-(p-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-propionate, for example ATROMID-S~ Capsules which are commercially available from Wyeth-Ayerst);
gemfibrozil (such as .5-(2,5-dimethylphenoxy)-2,2-dimethylpentanoic acid, for example LOPID~ tablets which are commercially available from Parlce Davis);
ciprofibrate (C.A.S. Registry No. 52214-84-3, see U.S. Patent No. 3,948,973 which is incorporated herein by reference); bezafibrate (C.A.S. Registry No. 41859-67-0, see U.S.
Patent No. 3,781,328 which is incorporated herein by reference); clinofibrate (C.A.S.
Registry No. 30299-08-2, see U.S. Patent No. 3,716,583 which is incorporated herein by reference); binifibrate (C.A.S. Registry No. 69047-39-8, see BE 884722 which is incorporated herein by reference); lifibrol (C.A.S. Registry No. 96609-16-4);
fenofibrate (such as TRICOR~ micronized fenofibrate (2-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl) phenoxy]-2-methyl-propanoic acid, 1-methylethyl ester) which is commercially available from Abbott Laboratories or LIPANTHYL~ micronized fenofibrate which is commercially available from Labortoire Founier, France) and mixtures thereof.
These compounds can be used in a variety of forms, including but not limited to acid form, salt form, racemates, enantiomers, zwitterions and tautomers.
Other examples of PPARa activators useful in the practice of the present invention include suitable fluorophenyl compounds as disclosed in U.S. No.
6,028,109 which is incorporated herein by reference; certain substituted phenylpropionic compounds as disclosed in WO 00/75103 which is incorporated herein by reference;.
and PPAR~a activator compounds as disclosed in WO 98/43081 which is incorporated herein by reference.
Non-limiting examples of suitable PPARy activators include derivatives of glitazones or thiazolidinediones, such as, troglitazone (such as REZULIN~ troglitazone (-5-[[4-[3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2H-1-benzopyran-2-yl)methoxy]phenyl]
methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione) commercially available from Parke-Davis);
rosiglitazone (such as AVANDIA~ rosiglitazone maleate (-5-[[4-[2-(methyl-2-pyridinylamino)ethoxy]
phenyl] methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione, (Z)-2-butenedioate) (1:1 ) commercially available from SmithKline Beecham) and pioglitazone (such as ACTOST"" pioglitazone hydrochloride (5-[[4-[2-(5-ethyl-2-pyridinyl)ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4-]
thiazolidinedione monohydrochloride) commercially available from Takeda Pharmaceuticals). Other useful thiazolidinediones include ciglitazone, englitazone, darglitazone and BRL 49653 as disclosed in WO 98105331 which is incorporated herein by reference; PPARy activator compounds disclosed in WO 00/76488 which is incorporated herein by reference; and PPARy activator compounds disclosed in U.S.
Patent No. 5,994,554 which is incorporated herein by reference.
Other useful PPARy activator compounds include certain acetylphenols as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,859,051 which is incorporated herein by reference;
certain quinoline phenyl compounds as disclosed in WO 99/20275 which is incorporated herein by reference; aryl compounds as disclosed by WO 99/38845 which is incorporated herein by reference; certain 1,4-disubstituted phenyl compounds as disclosed in WO 00/63161; certain aryl compounds as disclosed in WO

which is incorporated herein by reference; benzoic acid compounds as disclosed in WO 01/12612 & WO 01/12187 which are incorporated herein by reference; and substituted 4-hydroxy-phenylalconic acid compounds as disclosed in WO 97/31907 which is incorporated herein by reference.
PPARS compounds are useful for, among other things, lowering triglyceride levels or raising HDL levels. Non-limiting examples of PPARS activators include suitable thiazole and oxazole derivatives, such as C.A.S. Registry No. 317318-32-4, as disclosed in WO 01/00603 which is incorporated herein by reference);
certain fluoro, chloro or thio phenoxy phenylacetic acids as disclosed in WO 97/28149 which is incorporated herein by reference; suitable non-f3-oxidizable fatty acid analogues as disclosed_in U.S.. Patent No. 5,093,365 which is incorporated herein by referenceT and PPAR~ compounds as disclosed in WO 99/0.48.15 which is incorporated herein by:.
reference.
Moreover, compounds that have multiple functionality for activating various combinations of PPARa, PPARy and PPAR~ are also useful with the practice of the present invention. Non-limiting examples include certain substituted aryl compounds as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,248,781; WO 00/23416; WO 00/23415; WO
00/23425; WO 00/23445; WO 00/23451; and WO 00/63153, all of which are incorporated herein by reference, are described as being useful PPARa and/or PPARy activator compounds. Other non-limiting examples of useful PPARa and/or PPARy activator compounds include activator compounds as disclosed in WO
97/25042 which is incorporated herein by reference; activator compounds as disclosed in WO 00/63190 which is incorporated herein by reference; activator compounds as disclosed in WO 01/21181 which is incorporated herein by reference;
biaryl-oxa(thia)zoie compounds as disclosed in WO 01/16120 which is incorporated herein by reference; compounds as disclosed in WO 00/63196 and WO 00/63209 which are incorporated herein by reference; substituted 5-aryl-2,4-thiazolidinediones compounds as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,008,237 which is incorporated herein by reference; arylthiazolidinedione and aryloxazolidinedione compounds as disclosed in WO 00/78312 and WO 00/783136 which are incorporated herein by reference;

GW2331 or (2-(4-[difluorophenyl]-1 heptylureido)ethyl]phenoxy)-2-methylbutyric compounds as disclosed in WO 98/05331 which is incorporated herein by reference;
aryl compounds as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,166,049 which is incorporated herein by reference; oxazole compounds as disclosed in WO 01/17994 which is incorporated herein by reference; and dithiolane compounds as disclosed in WO
01/25225 and WO 01/25226 which are incorporated herein by reference.
Other useful PPAR activator compounds include substituted benzylthiazolidine-2,4-dione compounds as disclosed in WO 01/14349, WO 01/14350 and WO/01/04351 which are incorporated herein by reference; mercaptocarboxylic compounds as disclosed in WO 00/50392 which is incorporated herein by reference;
ascofuranone compounds as disclosed in WO 00/53563 which is incorporated herein by reference;
carboxylic compounds as disclosed in WO 99/46232 which is incorporated herein by reference; compounds as disclosed in WO 99/12534 which is incorporated herein by reference; benzene compounds as disclosed in WO. 99/.15520 which is incorporated herein by reference; o-anisamide compounds as disclosed i.n WO 01/21578 vvhich is incorporated herein by reference; and PPAR activator compounds as disclosed in VVO
01/40192 which is incorporated-h.erein by reference. .
The peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors) activators) are administered in a therapeutically effective amount to treat the specified condition, for example in a daily dose preferably ranging from about 50 to about 3000 mg per day, and more preferably about 50 to about 2000 mg per day, given in a single dose or 2-4 divided doses. The exact dose, however, is determined by the attending clinician and is dependent on such factors as the potency of the compound administered, the age, weight, condition and response of the subject.
In another alternative embodiment, the compositions used in the methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more bile acid sequestrants (insoluble anion exchange resins), coadministered with or in combination with the compounds) of Formulae I-X discussed above.
Bile acid sequestrants bind bile acids in the intestine, interrupting the enterohepatic circulation of bile acids and causing an increase in the faecal excretion of steroids. Use of bile acid sequestrants is desirable because of their non-systemic mode of action. Bile acid sequestrants can lower intrahepatic cholesterol and promote the synthesis of apo B/E (LDL) receptors which bind LDL from plasma to further reduce cholesterol levels in the blood.
Non-limiting examples of suitable bile acid sequestrants include cholestyramine (a styrene-divinylbenzene copolymer containing quaternary ammonium cationic groups capable of binding bile acids, such as QUESTRAN~ or QUESTRAN LIGHT~
cholestyramine which are available from Bristol-Myers Squibb), colestipol (a copolymer of diethylenetriamine and 1-chloro-2,3-epoxypropane, such as COLESTID~ tablets which are available from Pharmacia), colesevelam hydrochloride (such as WeIChol~ Tablets (poly(allylamine hydrochloride) cross-linked with epichlorohydrin and alkylated with 1-bromodecane and (6-bromohexyl)-trimethylammonium bromide) which are available from Sankyo), water soluble derivatives such as 3,3-ioene, N-(cycloalkyl) alkylamines and poliglusam, insoluble quaternized polystyrenes, saponins and mixtures thereof. Other useful bile acid sequestrants are disclosed in PCT Patent~Applications Nos. WO 97/11345 and WO
98/57652, and U.S. Patents Nos. 3,6~2l805 avd 5,703',188 v~hich are incorporated.
herein by reference. Suitable inorganic cholesterol sequestrants ir~ciude bismuth salicylate plus montmorillonite clay, aluminum hydroxide and' calcium carbonate antacids.
Generally, a total daily dosage of bile acid sequestrant(s) can range from about 1 to about 50 grams per day, and preferably about 2 to about 16 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
In an alternative embodiment, the compositions used in the methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more ileal bile acid transport ("IBAT") inhibitors (or apical sodium co-dependent bile acid transport ("ASBT") inhibitors) coadministered with or in combination with the compounds) of Formulae I-X
discussed above. The IBAT inhibitors can inhibit bile acid transport to reduce LDL
cholesterol levels. Non-limiting examples of suitable IBAT inhibitors include benzothiepines such as therapeutic compounds comprising a 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1-benzothiepine 1,1-dioxide structure such as are disclosed in PCT Patent Application WO 00/38727 which is incorporated herein by reference.

Generally, a total daily dosage of IBAT inhibitors) can range from about 0,01 to about 1000 mg/day, and preferably about 0.1 to about 50 mg/day in single or 2-divided doses.
In another alternative embodiment, the compositions used in the methods of the present invention can further comprise nicotinic acid (niacin) and/or derivatives thereof coadministered with or in combination with the compounds) of Formulae I-X
discussed above.
As used herein, "nicotinic acid derivative" means a compound comprising a pyridine-3-carboxylate structure or a pyrazine-2-carboxylate structure, including acid forms, salts, esters, zwitterions and tautomers, where available. Examples of nicotinic acid derivatives include niceritrol, nicofuranose and acipimox (5-methyl pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid 4-oxide). Nicotinic acid and its derivatives inhibit hepatic production of VLDL and its metabolite LDL and increases HDL and apo A-1 levels. An example of a suitable nicotinic acid product is NIASPAN~ (niacin extended-release tablets) which are available from Kos.
Generally, a total daily dosage of nicotinic acid ov a derivative thereof can range from about 500 to about 10,000 rng/day, preferably about 1000 to about 8.000 mg/day, and more preferably about 3000 to about 6000 mg/day in single or divided doses.
In another alternative embodiment, the compositions used in the methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more AcylCoA:Choiesterol O-acyltransferase ("ACAT") Inhibitors, which can reduce LDL and VLDL levels, coadministered with or in combination with the compounds) of Formulae I-X
discussed above. ACAT is an enzyme responsible for esterifying excess intracellular cholesterol and may reduce the synthesis of VLDL, which is a product of cholesterol esterification, and overproduction of apo B-100-containing lipoproteins.
Non-limiting examples of useful ACAT inhibitors include avasimibe ([[2,4,6-tris(1-methylethyl)phenyl]acetyl]sulfamic acid, 2,6-bis(1-methylethyl)phenyl ester, formerly known as CI-1011 ), HL-004, lecimibide (DuP-128) and CL-277082 (N-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-N-[[4-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)phenyl]methyl]-N-heptylurea). See P.
Chang et al., "Current, New and Future Treatments in Dyslipidaemia and Atherosclerosis", Dr, uas 2000 Ju1;60(1 ); 55-93, which is incorporated by reference herein.

Generally, a total daily dosage of ACAT inhibitors) can range from about 0.1 to about 1000 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
In another alternative embodiment, the compositions used in the methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more Cholesteryl Ester Transfer Protein ("CETP") Inhibitors coadministered with or in combination with the compounds) of Formulae I-X discussed above. CETP is responsible for the exchange or transfer of cholesteryl ester carrying HDL and trigiycerides in VLDL.
Non-limiting examples of suitable CETP inhibitors are disclosed in PCT Patent Application No. WO 00/38721 and U.S. Patent No. 6,147,090, which are incorporated herein by reference. Pancreatic cholesteryi ester hydrolase (pCEH) inhibitors such as WAY-121898 also can be coadministered with or in combination with the fibric acid derivatives) and sterol absorption inhibitors) discussed above.
Generally, a total daily dosage of CETP inhibitors) can range from about 0.01 to about .1000 mg/day, and preferably about. 0.5 to about.20 mg/kg body weight/day in single or divided doses.
In another alternative embodiment, the compositoons used in the methods of the presdnt invention can further comprise probucol or derivatives thereof (such as AGI-1067 and other derivatives disclosed in U.S. Patents Nos: 6,121,319 and 6,147,250), which can reduce LDL and HDL levels, coadministered with or in combination with the compounds) of Formula I-X discussed above.
Generally, a total daily dosage of probucol or derivatives thereof can range from about 10 to about 2000 mg/day, and preferably about 500 to about 1500 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
In another alternative embodiment, the compositions used in the methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more low-density lipoprotein (LDL) receptor activators, coadministered with or in combination with the compounds) of Formulae I-X discussed above. Non-limiting examples of suitable LDL-receptor activators include HOE-402, an imidazolidinyl-pyrimidine derivative that directly stimulates LDL receptor activity. See M. Huettinger et al., "Hypolipidemic activity of HOE-402 is Mediated by Stimulation of the LDL Receptor Pathway", Arterioscler.
Thromb. 1993; 13:1005-12.
Generally, a total daily dosage of LDL receptor activators) can range from about 1 to about 1000 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.

In another alternative embodiment, the compositions used in the methods of the present invention can further comprise fish oil, which contains Omega 3 fatty acids (3-PUFA), which can reduce VLDL and triglyceride levels, coadministered with or in combination with the compounds) of Formulae I-X discussed above. Generally, a total daily dosage of fish oil or Omega 3 fatty acids can range from about 1 to about 30 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
In another alternative embodiment, the compositions used in the methods of the present invention can further comprise natural water soluble fibers, such as psyllium, guar, oat and pectin, which can reduce cholesterol levels, coadministered with or in combination with the compounds) of Formulae I-X discussed above.
Generally, a total daily dosage of natural water soluble fibers can range from about 0.1 to about 10 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
In another alternative embodiment, the compositions used in the methods of the. present invention can further comprise plant sterols, plant stanols and/or fatty acid esters of plant sfianols, such as sitostanol ester used in BENECOL~ margarine, whibh can reduce choi~sferol levels, coadministered with or in combination v~Tith the compoand(s) of~Formulae I-X discussed above: Generally; a total daily dasage of plant sterols, plant stanols and/or fatty acid esters of plant stanols can range from about 0.5 to about 20 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
In another alternative embodiment, the compositions used in the methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more antioxidants, such as probucol, tocopherol, ascorbic acid, ~3-carotene and selenium, or vitamins such as vitamin B6 or vitamin B~2, coadministered with or in combination with the compounds) of Formulae I-X discussed above. Generally, a total daily dosage of antioxidants or vitamins can range from about 0.05 to about 10 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
In another alternative embodiment, the compositions used in the methods of the present invention can further comprise monocyte and macrophage inhibitors such as polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA), thyroid hormones including throxine analogues such as CGS-26214 (a thyroxine compound with a fluorinated ring), gene therapy and use of recombinant proteins such as recombinant apo E, coadministered with or in combination with the compounds) of Formulae I-X discussed above. Generally, a total daily dosage of these agents can range from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
Also useful with the present invention are compositions or therapeutic combinations fihat further comprise hormone replacement agents and compositions.
Useful hormone agents and compositions include androgens, estrogens, progestins, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and derivatives. Combinations of these agents and compositions also are useful.
The dosage of androgen and estrogen combinations vary, desirably from about 1 mg to about 4 mg androgen and from about 1 mg to about 3 mg estrogen.
Examples include, but are not limited to, androgen and estrogen combinations such as the combination of esterified estrogens (sodium estrone sulfate and sodium equilin sulfate) and methyltestosterone (17-hydroxy-17-methyl-, (17B)- androst-4-en-3-one) available from Solvay Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Marietta, GA, under the tradename ESTRATEST..
Estrogens and estrogen combinations may vary.in dosage from about 0.01 mg.
up to 8 mg, desirably from about 0.3 mg to about 3.0 mg. Examples of useful estrogens~and estrogen combinations include: ~ . . .
(a) the blend of nine (9) synthetic estrogenic substances including sodium estrone sulfate, sodium equilin sulfate, sodium 17 a -dihydroequilin sulfate, sodium 17 a -estradiol sulfate, sodium 17 ~3 -dihydroequilin sulfate, sodium 17 a -dihydroequilenin sulfate, sodium 17 ~i -dihydroequilenin sulfate, sodium equilenin sulfate and sodium 17 ~i -estradiol sulfate; available from Duramed Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Cincinnati, OH, under the tradename CENESTIN;
(b) ethinyl estradiol (19-nor-17 a -pregna-1,3,5(10)-tries-20-yne-3,17-diol;
available by Schering Plough Corporation, Kenilworth, NJ, under the tradename ESTINYL;
(c) esterified estrogen combinations such as sodium estrone sulfate and sodium equilin sulfate; available from Solvay under the tradename ESTRATAB and from Monarch Pharmaceuticals, Bristol, TN, under the tradename MENEST;
(d) estropipate (piperazine estra-1,3,5(10)-tries-17-one, 3-(sulfooxy)-estrone sulfate); available from Pharmacia & Upjohn, Peapack, NJ, under the tradename OGEN and from Women First Health Care, Inc., San Diego, CA, under the tradename ORTHO-EST; and (e) conjugated estrogens (17 a-dihydroequilin, 17 a-estradiol, and 17 ~i-dihydroequilin); available from Wyeth-Ayerst Pharmaceuticals, Philadelphia, PA, under the tradename PREMARIN.
Progestins and estrogens may also be administered with a variety of dosages, generally from about .05 to about 2.0 mg progestin and about .001 mg to about 2 mg estrogen, desirably from about .1 mg to about 1 mg progestin and about 0.01 mg to about .5 mg estrogen. Examples of progestin and estrogen combinations that may vary in dosage and regimen include:
(a) the combination of estradiol (estra-1, 3, 5 (10)-triene-3, 17 ~3-diol hemihydrate) and norethindrone (17 [3-acetoxy-19-nor-17 a-pregn-4-en-20-yn-3-one);
which is available from Pharmacia & Upjohn, Peapack, NJ, under the tradename ACTIVELLA;
(b) the combination of levonorgestrel (d(-)-13 (3-ethyl-17 a-ethinyl-17 ~i-hydroxygon-.4-en-3-one) and ethinyl estradial; available from Wyeth-Ayerst under the ~tradename ALESSE, from Watson Laboratories, Inc., Corona, CA, under the tradenames LEVORA and TRIVORA, Monarch Pharmaceuticals, under the tradename NORDETTE, and from Wyeth-Ayerst under the tradename TRIPHASIL;
(c)' ~ the combination of ethynodiol diacetate (19-nor-17 a-pregn-4-en-20-yne-3 (3, 17-diol diacetate) and ethinyl estradiol; available from G.D. Searle &
Co., Chicago, IL, under the tradename DEMULEN and from Watson under the tradename ZOVIA;
(d) the combination of desogestrel (13-ethyl-11- methylene-18,19-dinor-17 a-pregn- 4-en- 20-yn-17-ol) and ethinyl estradiol; available from Organon under the tradenames DESOGEN and MIRCETTE, and from Ortho-McNeil Pharmaceutical, Raritan, NJ, under the tradename ORTHO-CEPT;
(e) the combination of norethindrone and ethinyl estradiol; available from Parke-Davis, Morris Plains, NJ, under the tradenames ESTROSTEP and FEMHRT, from Watson under the tradenames MICROGESTIN, NECON, and TRI-NORINYL, from Ortho-McNeil under the tradenames MODICON and ORTHO-NOVUM, and from Warner Chilcott Laboratories, Rockaway, NJ, under the tradename OVCON;
(f) the combination of norgestrel ( (~)-13-ethyl-17-hydroxy-18, 19-dinor-17 a-preg-4-en-20-yn-3-one) and ethinyl estradiol; available from Wyeth-Ayerst under the tradenames OVRAL and LO/OVRAL, and from Watson under the tradenames OGESTREL and LOW-OGESTREL;
(g) the combination of norethindrone, ethinyl estradiol, and mestranol (3-methoxy-19-nor-17 a-pregna-1,3,5(10)-trien-20-yn-17-ol); available from Watson under the tradenames BREVICON and NORINYL;
(h) the combination of 17 (3-estradiol (estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-3,17 (3-diol) and micronized norgestimate (17 a-17-(Acetyloxyl)-13-ethyl-18,19-dinorpregn-4-en-20-yn-3-one3-oxime); available from Ortho-McNeil under the tradename ORTHO-PREFEST;
(i) the combination of norgestimate (18,19-dinor-17-pregn-4-en-20-yn-3-one, 17--(acetyloxy)-13-ethyl-,oxime, (17(a)-(+)-) and ethinyl estradiol;
available from Ortho-McNeil under the tradenames ORTHO CYCLEN and ORTHO TRI-CYCLEN;
and (j) the combination of conjugafied estrogens (sodium estrone sulfate and sodium equilin ulfate) and medroxyprogesterone acetate (20-dione, 17-(acetyloxy)-6- , methyl-, .(6(a))- pregn-4-ene-3); available from Wyeth-Ayerst under the tradenames PREMPHASE and PREMPRO.
~In ge~ieral, a dosage of prbgestiris may vary from about .05 mg to about 10 mg or up to about 200 mg if microsized progesterone is administered. Examples of progestins include norethindrone; available from ESI Lederle, Inc., Philadelphia, PA, under the tradename AYGESTIN, from Ortho-McNeil under the tradename MICRONOR, and from Watson under the tradename NOR-QD; norgestrel; available from Wyeth-Ayerst under the tradename OVRETTE; micronized progesterone (pregn-4-ene-3, 20-dione); available from Solvay under the tradename PROMETRIUM; and medroxyprogesterone acetate; available from Pharmacia & Upjohn under the tradename PROVERA.
The compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can furfiher comprise one or more obesity control medications.
Useful obesity control medications include, but are not limited to, drugs that reduce energy intake or suppress appetite, drugs that increase energy expenditure and nutrient-partitioning agents. Suitable obesity control medications include, but are not limited to, noradrenergic agents (such as diethylpropion, mazindol, phenylpropanolamine, phentermine, phendimetrazine, phendamine tartrate, methamphetamine, phendimetrazine and tartrate); serotonergic agents (such as sibutramine, fenfluramine, dexfenfluramine, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine and paroxtine);
thermogenic agents (such as ephedrine, caffeine, theophylline, and selective 3-adrenergic agonists); an alpha-blocking agent; a kainite or AMPA receptor antagonist; a leptin-lipolysis stimulated receptor; a phosphodiesterase enzyme inhibitor; a compound having nucleotide sequences of the mahogany gene; a fibroblast growth factor-polypeptide; a monoamine oxidase inhibitor (such as befloxatone, moclobemide, brofaromine, phenoxathine, esuprone, befol, toloxatone, pirlindol, amiflamine, sercloremine, bazinaprine, lazabemide, milacemide and caroxazone); a compound for increasing lipid metabolism (such as evodiamine compounds); and a lipase inhibitor (such as orlistat). Generally, a total dosage of the above-described obesity control medications can range from 1 to 3,000 mg/day, desirably from about 1 to 1,000 mg/day and more desirably from about 1 to 200 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
The compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can fur<her compriswpne or more blood modifiers. Useful blood modifiers include but are not limited to anti-cciagulants (argatroban, bivalirudin, dalteparin sodium, desirudin, dicumarol, lyapolate sodium; nafamostat mesylate, .
phenprocoumon, tinzaparin sodium, warfarin sodium); antithrombotic (anagrelide hydrochloride, bivalirudin, cilostazol, dalteparin sodium, danaparoid sodium, dazoxiben hydrochloride, efegatran sulfate, enoxaparin sodium, fluretofen, ifetroban, ifetroban sodium, lamifiban, lotrafiban hydrochloride, napsagatran, orbofiban acetate, roxifiban acetate, sibrafiban, tinzaparin sodium, trifenagrel, abciximab, zolimomab aritox); fibrinogen receptor antagonists (roxifiban acetate, fradafiban, orbofiban, lotrafiban hydrochloride, tirofiban, xemilofiban, monoclonal antibody 7E3, sibrafiban);
platelet inhibitors (cilostazol, clopidogrel bisulfate, epoprostenol, epoprostenol sodium, ticlopidine hydrochloride, aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, sulindae, idomethacin, mefenamate, droxicam, diclofenac, sulfinpyrazone, piroxicam, dipyridamole);
platelet aggregation inhibitors (acadesine, beraprost, beraprost sodium, ciprostene calcium, itazigrel, lifarizine, lofirafiban hydrochloride, orbofiban acetate, oxagrelate, fradafiban, orbofiban, tirofiban, xemilofiban); hemorrheologic agents (pentoxifylline);
lipoprotein associated coagulation inhibitor; Factor Vlla inhibitors (4H-31-benzoxazin-4-ones, 4H-3,1-benzoxazin-4-thiones, quinazolin-4-ones, quinazolin-4-thiones, benzothiazin-4-ones, imidazolyl-boronic acid-derived peptide analogues TFPI-derived peptides, naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid ~1-[3-(aminoiminomethyl)-benzyl]-2-oxo-pyrrolidin-3-(S)-yl} amide trifluoroacetate, dibenzofuran-2-sulfonic acid {1-[3-(aminomethyl)-benzyl]-5-oxo-pyrrolidin-3-yl}-amide, tolulene-4-sulfonic acid {1-[3-(aminoiminomethyl)-benzyl]-2-oxo-pyrrolidin-3-(S)-yl}-amide trifluoroacetate, 3,4-dihydro-1 H-isoquinoline-2-sulfonic acid ~1-[3-(aminoiminomethyl)-benzyl]-2-oxo-pyrrolin-3-(S)-yl}-amide trifluoroacetate);
Factor Xa inhibitors (disubstituted pyrazolines, disubstituted triazolines, substituted n-[(aminoiminomethyl)phenyl] propylamides, substituted n-[(aminomethyl)phenyl]
propylamides, tissue factor pathway inhibitor (TFPI), low molecular weight heparins, heparinoids, benzimidazolines, benzoxazolinones, benzopiperazinones, indanones, dibasic (amidinoaryl) propanoic acid derivatives, amidinophenyl-pyrrolidines, amidinophenyl-pyrrolines, amidinophenyl-isoxazolidines, amidinoindoles, amidinoazoles, bis-arlysulfonylaminobenzamide derivatives, peptidic Factor Xa inhibitors).
The compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more cardiovasc~ilar agents. useful cardio~°ascular agents include but are not limited 'to caldium~chan~~el .blockers (clentiazem maleate, .amlodipine besylate, isradipine, nimodipine, felodipine, nilvadipine, nifedipine, teludipine hydrochloride, diltiazem hydrochloride, belfosdii, verapamil hydrochloride, fostedil); adrenergic blockers (fenspiride hydrochloride, labetalol hydrochloride, proroxan, alfuzosin hydrochloride, acebutolol, acebutolol hydrochloride, alprenolol hydrochloride, atenolol, bunolol hydrochloride, carteolol hydrochloride, celiprolol hydrochloride, cetamolol hydrochloride, cicloprolol hydrochloride, dexpropranolol hydrochloride, diacetolol hydrochloride, dilevalol hydrochloride, esmolol hydrochloride, exaprolol hydrochloride, flestolol sulfate, labetalol hydrochloride, levobetaxolol hydrochloride, levobunolol hydrochloride, metalol hydrochloride, metoprolol, metoprolol tartrate, nadolol, pamatolol sulfate, penbutolol sulfate, practolol, propranolol hydrochloride, sotalol hydrochloride, timolol, timolol maleate, tiprenolol hydrochloride, tolamolol, bisoprolol, bisoprolol fumarate, nebivolol); adrenergic stimulants; angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors (benazepril hydrochloride, benazeprilat, captopril, delapril hydrochloride, fosinopril sodium, libenzapril, moexipril hydrochloride, pentopril, perindopril, quinapril hydrochloride, quinaprilat, ramipril, spirapril hydrochloride, spiraprilat, teprotide, enalapril maleate, lisinopril, zofenopril calcium, perindopril erbumine);
antihypertensive agents (althiazide, benzthiazide, captopril, carvedilol, chlorothiazide sodium, clonidine hydrochloride, cyclothiazide, delapril hydrochloride, dilevalol hydrochloride, doxazosin mesylate, fosinopril sodium, guanfacine hydrochloride, methyldopa, metoprolol succinate, moexipril hydrochloride, monatepil maleate, pelanserin hydrochloride, phenoxybenzamine hydrochloride, prazosin hydrochloride, primidolol, quinapril hydrochloride, quinaprilat, ramipril, terazosin hydrochloride, candesartan, candesartan cilexetil, telmisartan, amlodipine besylate, amlodipine maleate, bevantolol hydrochloride); angiotensin II receptor antagonists (candesartan, irbesartan, losartan potassium, candesartan cilexetil, telmisartan); anti-anginal agents (amlodipine besylate, amlodipine maleate, betaxolol hydrochloride, bevantolol hydrochloride, butoprozine hydrochloride, carvedilol, cinepazet maleate, metoprolol succinate, molsidomine, monatepil maleate, primidolol, ranolazine hydrochoride, tosifen, verapamil hydrochloride); coronary vasodilators (fostedil, azaclorzine hydrochloride, chromonar hydrochloride, clonitrate, diltiazem .hydrochloride, dipyridamole, droprenilamine, erythr~ityl tetranitrate, isosorbide dinitrate, isosoE°bide mononitra.te, lidof(azine, mioflazine hydrochloride, mixidine, molsidomir~e, nicorandil, nifedipiieY
nisoldipine, nifirog~ycerine, oxprenoiol hydrochloride, pentrinitrol, perhexilir~e r~!aleate, prenylamine, propatyl nitrate, terodiline hydrochloride, toiamolol, verapamil); diuretics (the combination product of hydrochlorothiazide and spironolactone and the combination product of hydrochlorothiazide and triamterene).
The compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more antidiabetic medications for reducing blood glucose levels in a human. Useful antidiabetic medications include, but are not limited to, drugs that reduce energy intake or suppress appetite, drugs that increase energy expenditure and nutrient-partitioning agents. Suitable antidiabetic medications include, but are not limited to, sulfonylurea (such as acetohexamide, chlorpropamide, gliamilide, gliclazide, glimepiride, glipizide, glyburide, glibenclamide, tolazamide, and tolbutamide), meglitinide (such as repaglinide and nateglinide), biguanide (such as metformin and buformin), thiazolidinedione (such as troglitazone, rosiglitazone, pioglitazone, ciglitazone, englitazone, and darglitazone), alpha-glucosidase inhibitor (such as acarbose, miglitol, camiglibose, and voglibose), certain peptides (such as amlintide, pramlintide, exendin, and GLP-1 agonistic peptides), and orally administrable insulin or insulin composition for intestinal delivery thereof.
Generally, a total dosage of the above-described antidiabetic medications can range from 0.1 to 1,000 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
Mixtures of any of the pharmacological or therapeutic agents described above can be included in the compositions used in the methods of the present invention.
The compositions used in the methods of the present invention can be administered to a subject in need of such treatment in a therapeutically effective amount to treat AD, regulate levels of amyloid ~3 (A~i) peptides and/or regulate the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain. The compositions can be administered by any suitable means that produce contact of these compounds with the site of action in the body, for example in the plasma, liver, brain or small intestine of a subject.
The daily dosage for the various compositions and therapeutic combinations described above can be administered to a subject in a single dose or in multiple subdoses, as desired. Subdoses can be administered ~~ to 6~ times per day,.for ~exarriple: 'sustained release dosages can bewsed. liV6~ere~the compounds) of Forrnui~e I-X atad cholesterol biosynthesis inl~ibitor(s)°or'lipid-lowersng agents) are administered. iii separate~dosages, the numbed of~dose~ of:each ce~mponent liven per' day may 'not necessarily be the same, e.g., one component may have a greater duration of activity and will therefore need to be administered less frequently.
The compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention can further comprise one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, one or more excipients and/or one or more additives. The pharmaceutical compositions can comprise about 1 to about 99 weight percent of active ingredient (one or more compounds of Formula I-X), and preferably about 5 to about 95 percent active ingredient.
Useful pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be either solid, liquid or gas.
Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include solids and/or liquids such as magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar, lactose, ethanol, glycerol, water and the like. The amount of carrier in the treatment composition or therapeutic combination can range from about 5 to about 99 weight percent of the total weight of the treatment composition or therapeutic combination.
Non-limiting examples of suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and additives include non-toxic compatible fillers, binders such as starch, polyvinyl pyrrolidone or cellulose ethers, disintegrants such as sodium starch glycolate, crosslinked polyvinyl pyrrolidone or croscarmellose sodium, buffers, preservatives, anti-oxidants, lubricants, flavorings, thickeners, coloring agents, wetting agents such as sodium lauryl sulfate, emulsifiers and the like. The amount of excipient or additive can range from about 0.1 to about 95 weight percent of the total weight of the treatment composition or therapeutic combination. One skilled in the art would understand that the amount of carrier(s), excipients and additives (if present) can vary.
Further examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and methods of manufacture for various compositions can be found in A. Gennaro (ed.), Remington:
The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20t" Edition, (2000), Lippincott Williams &
Wilkins, Baltimore, MD.
Useful solid form preparations include powders, tablets, dispersible granules, capsules, cachets and suppositories. An example of a preparation of a preferred solid .form dosage formulation is provided below.
. Useful liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions slid emulsions.
Asian example r.~ay be rr~entioned water or water-propylene glycol solutions for parenteral injection:or:addition of sweeteners and opacifiers for oral solutions, suspensions and emulsions. Liquid form preparations may also include solutions for intranasal administration.
Aerosol preparations suitable for inhalation may include solutions and solids in powder form, which may be in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as an inert compressed gas, e.g. nitrogen.
Also useful are solid form preparations which are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for either oral or parenteral administration. Such liquid forms include solutions, suspensions and emulsions.
The compounds of the invention may also be deliverable transdermally. The transdermal compositions can take the form of creams, lotions, aerosols and/or emulsions and can be included in a transdermal patch of the matrix or reservoir type as are conventional in the art for this purpose.
Preferably the compound is administered orally.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides the use of at least one compound represented by Formulae (I-X) for manufacture of a medicament (such as one of the compositions discussed above) for the treatment of Alzheimer's Disease, -80_ regulating production of or level of at least one amyloid ~ peptide and/or regulating the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of a subject.
The following formulation exemplifies one of the dosage forms of this invention.
In the formulation, the term "Active Compound I" designates any of the compounds of Formulas f-X described herein above.
EXAMPLE
Tablets No. I naredient ma/tablet 1 Active Compound I 10 2 Lactose monohydrate NF 55 3 Microcrystalline cellulose 20 NF

4 Povidone USP (K29-32) 4 Croscarmellose sodium NF 8 6 Sodium I~ac~ryi sulfate NF' 2.
.w 7 Maaroesium stea6ate NF. 1 Total 100.
Method of Manufacture Mix Item No. 4 with purified water in suitable mixer to form binder solution.
Spray the binder solution and then water over Items 1, 2, 6 and a portion of Item 5 in a fluidized bed processor to granulate the ingredients. Continue fluidization to dry the damp granules. Screen the dried granules and blend with Item No. 3 and the remainder of Item 5. Add Item No. 7 and mix. Compress the mixture to appropriate size and weight on a suitable tablet machine.
For coadministration in separate tablets or capsules, representative formulations comprising a compound of Formulae I-X such as are discussed above are well known in the art and representative formulations comprising a cholesterol absorption inhibitor and/or lipid lowering agent such as are discussed above are well known in the art. It is contemplated that where the two active ingredients are administered as a single composition, the dosage forms disclosed above for compounds of Formulae I-X may readily be modified using the knowledge of one skilled in the art.
Since one aspect of the present invention relates to treating AD, regulating production of or levels of amyloid ~i (A(i) peptides and/or regulating the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain by treatment with a combination of active ingredients wherein the active ingredients may be administered separately, the invention also relates to combining separate pharmaceutical compositions in kit form.
That is, a kit is contemplated wherein two separate units are combined: a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least compound of Formulae I-X and a separate pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitor or lipid-lowering agent as described above. The kit will preferably include directions for the administration of the separate components. The kit form is particularly advantageous when the separate components must be administered in different dosage forms (e.g., oral and parenteral) or are administered at different dosage intervals.
The methods of the present invention can be.used for one or more of the following: to prevent, to treat AD, oe- ameliorate symptoms of AD, to regulate production of or levels of amyloid ~ (A(i) peptides and/or regulate the amount of ApoE
isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of a subject.
In one alternative embodiment, the human carries one or more mutations in the genes that encode (i-amyloid precursor protein, presenilin-1 or presenilin-2.
In another alternative embodiment, the human carries the Apolipoprotein s4 gene.
In another alternative embodiment, the human has a family history of Alzheimer's Disease or dementia illness.
In another alternative embodiment, the human has trisomy 21 (Down's Syndrome).
In another alternative embodiment, the subject has a normal or low serum total blood cholesterol level. In another embodiment, the serum total blood cholesterol level is less than about 200 mg/dl, more preferably less than about 180 and can range from about 150 to about 200 mg/dl. In another embodiment, the total LDL
cholesterol level is less than about 100 mg/dl, more preferably less than about 90 mg/dl and can range from about 30 to about 100 mg/dl. Methods of measuring serum total blood cholesterol and total LDL cholesterol are well known to those skilled in the art and for example include those disclosed in PCT WO 99/38498 at page 11, incorporated by reference herein. Methods of determining levels of other sterols in serum are disclosed in H. Gylling et al., "Serum Sterols During Stanol Ester Feeding in a Mildly Hypercholesterolemic Population", J. Lipid Res. 40: 593-600 (1999), incorporated by reference herein.
In another alternative embodiment, the subject has an elevated serum total blood cholesterol level. In another embodiment, the serum total cholesterol level is at least about 200 mg/dl, more preferably at least about 220 mg/dl and can range from about 200 to about 1000 mg/dl. In another alternative embodiment, the subject has an elevated total LDL cholesterol level. In another embodiment, the total LDL
cholesterol level is greater than about 100 mg/dl, more preferably greater than about 110 mg/dl and can range.from about 100 to about:1000 mg/dl.
In another alternative embodiment, the h~rt~an is at least about 40 years of age.
In another alternative embodiment,.th.e. human is a~ least about 60 years of ago... In another~ombodiment, the human is at least about '~0 years of age. Ps~eferably the human is between about 60 and 100 years of age.
In another embodiment, the subject exhibits no symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease. In another embodiment, the subject is a human who is at least 40 years of age and exhibits no symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease. In another embodiment, the subject is a human who is at least 40 years of age and exhibits one or more symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease.
By using the methods of the present invention, the levels of amyloid ~3 (A(i) peptides in a subject's brain or blood can be reduced from levels prior to treatment from about 10 to about 100 percent, and preferably about 50 to about 100 percent.
In an alternative embodiment, the subject can have an elevated level of amyloid A~-42 peptide in the blood prior to treatment according to the present methods of greater than about 30 picomoles/liter (pM), preferably greater than about 35 pM, and more preferably greater than about 40 pM. In another embodiment, the elevated level of amyloid A(3-42 peptide can range from about 30 pM to about 80 pM.
One skilled in the art would understand that as the AD progresses, the measurable levels of amyloid ~ peptide may decrease slightly from elevated levels present before onset of the disease.
In an alternative embodiment, the subject can have an elevated level of amyloid A~i-40 peptide in the blood prior to treatment according to the present methods of greater than about 200 picomoles/liter (pM), preferably greater than about 300 pM, and more preferably greater than about 400 pM. In another embodiment, the elevated level of amyloid A~-40 peptide can range from about 200 pM to about pM.
In another embodiment, the subject can have an elevated level of amyloid A~-42 peptide in the brain prior to treatment according to the present methods of greater than about 50 picomoles per gram (pmol/g) of wet brain tissue weight, preferably greater than about 200 pmol/g, and more preferably greater than about 500 pmol/g.
In another embodiment, the level of amyloid a peptide can range from about 50 pmol/g to about 10,000 pmol/g, and ~referabiy about 500 pmol/g to about 10,000 pmol/g.
In another embodiment; the subject can have?' ari elevated level of amyloid A~i-40 peptide in the brain prior to treatrri~nt according to~flie present methods of greater than about 10 picomoles per gram (pmol/g) of wet brain tissue weight, preferably greater than about 50 pmol/g, and more preferably greater than about 100 pmol/g. In another embodiment, the level of amyloid ~ peptide can range from about 10 pmol/g to about 15,000 pmol/g.
The amount of amyloid ~i (A[3) peptide in the brain or blood of a subject can be evaluated by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) or quantitative immunolblotting test methods which are well known to those skilled in the art, such as is disclosed by Zhang et al., J. Biol. Chem. 274:8966-8972 (1999) and Zhang et al., Biochemistry 40:5049-5055 (2001 ). These tests are performed on samples of the brain or blood which have been prepared in a manner well known to one skilled in the art, for example as disclosed in the Example below. Another example of a useful method for measuring levels of amyloid ~i peptides is by Europium immunoassay (EIA), such as is disclosed in PCT WO 99/38498 at page 11, incorporated herein by reference.

In another embodiment, the amount of total ApoE in the bloodstream and/or brain of a subject can be reduced from levels prior to treatment by about 5 to about 75 percent, and preferably about 5 to about 50 percent. The amount of total ApoE
can be measured in a manner well known to one skilled in the art, for example using an ELISA test kit such as Apo-Tek ApoE test kit that is available from Organon Teknica.
Illustrating the invention are the following examples which, however, are not to be considered as limiting the invention to their details. Unless otherwise indicated, all parts and percentages in the following examples, as well as throughout the specification, are by weight.
EXAMPLES
PREPARATION OF COMPOUND OF FORMULA (II) Step 1 ): To a solution of (S)-4-phenyl-2-oxazolidinone (41 g, 0.25 mol) in CH2CI2 (200 ml), was added 4-dimethylaminopyridine (2.5 g, 0.02 nnol) and triethylamine (84.7 ml, 0,.61 mol) ~~d the r~acfic~r~ mixture was c;ooled to OoC. IVlethyl-4-(chloroformyl)butyrate (50 g; 0.3 mol) was added ~s:a solution in CH2C12 (375 ml) dropwise over 1 h, and the reaction was allowed to warm to 22oC. After 17 h, wafer and H2S04 (2N, 100 ml), was added the layers were separated, and the organic layer was washed sequentially with NaOH (10%), NaCI (sat'd) and water. The organic layer was dried over MgS04 and concentrated to obtain a semicrystalline product.
Step 2): To a solution of TiCl4 (18.2 ml, 0.165 mol) in CH2CI2 (600 ml) at OoC, was added titanium isopropoxide (16.5 ml, 0.055 mol). After 15 min, the product of Step 1 (49.0 g, 0.17 mol) was added as a solution in CH2CI2 (100 ml). After 5 min., diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) (65.2 ml, 0.37 mol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at OoC for 1 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to -20oC, and 4-benzyloxybenzylidine(4-fluoro)aniline (114.3 g, 0.37 mol) was added as a solid. The reaction mixture was stirred vigorously for 4 h at -20oC, then acetic acid was added as a solution in CH2CI2 dropwise over 15 min, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to OoC, and H2SO4 (2N) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred an additional 1 h, the layers were separated, washed with water, separated and the organic layer was _8~_ dried. The crude product was crystallized from ethanoUwater to obtain the pure intermediate.
Step 3): To a solution of the product of Step 2 (8.9 g, 14.9 mmol) in toluene (100 ml) at 50oC, was added N,O-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide (BSA) (7.50 ml, 30.3 mmol). After 0.5 h, solid TBAF (0.39 g, 1.5 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at 50oC for an additional 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 22oC, CH30H (10 ml), was added. The reaction mixture was washed with HCI (1 N), NaHC03 (1 N) and NaCI (sat'd.), and the organic layer was dried over MgS04.
Step 4): To a solution of the product of Step 3 (0.94 g, 2.2 mmol) in CH30H (3 ml), was added water (1 ml) and LiOH~H20 (102 mg, 2.4 mmole). The reaction mixture was stirred at 22oC for 1 h and then additional LiOH~H20 (54 mg, 1.3 mmole) was added. After a total of 2 h, HCf (1 N) and EtOAc was added, the layers were separated, the organic layer was dried and concentrated .in vacuo. To a solution of the resultant product (0.91 g, 2.2 mmol)~ ire CH~CI2 at 22oC, was added CE~OCOCI
(0.29 ml, 3.3 mmol) and the mixture stirred ''For 16 h. The solvent ~nras removed iii vacuo.
Step 5): To an efFiciently stirred suspension of 4-fluorophenylzinc chloride (4.4 mmol) prepared from 4-fluorophenylmagnesium bromide (1 M in THF, 4.4 ml, 4.4 mmol) and ZnCl2 (0.6 g, 4.4 mmol) at 4oC, was added tetrakis(triphenyl-phosphine)palladium (0.25 g, 0.21 mmol) followed by the product of Step 4 (0.94 g, 2.2 mmol) as a solution in THF (2 ml). The reaction was stirred for 1 h at OoC
and then for 0.5 h at 22oC. HCI (1 N, 5 ml) was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was concentrated to an oil and purified by silica gel chromatography to obtain 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4(S)-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3(R)-(3-oxo-phenylpropyl)-2-azetidinone:
HRMS calc'd for C24H1gF2N03 = 408.1429, found 408.1411.
Step 6): To the product of Step 5 (0.95 g, 1.91 mmol) in THF (3 ml), was added (R)-tetrahydro-1-methyl-3,3-diphenyl-1 H,3H-pyrrolo-[1,2-c][1,3,2]
oxazaborole (120 mg, 0.43 mmol) and the mixture was cooled to -20oC. After 5 min, borohydride-dimethylsulfide complex (2M in THF, 0.85 ml, 1.7 mmol) was added dropwise over 0.5 h. After a total of 1.5 h , CH30H was added followed by HCI (1 N) and the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc to obtain 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-3(R)-[3(S)-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-hydroxypropyl)]-4(S)-[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-2-azetidinone (compound 6A-1 ) as an oil. 1 H in CDC13 d H3 = 4.68. J = 2.3 Hz. CI (M+H) 500.
Use of (S)-tetra-hydro-1-methyl-3,3-diphenyl-1 H,3H-pyrrolo-[1,2-c][1,3,2]
oxazaborole gives the corresponding 3(R)-hydroxypropyl azetidinone (compound 1 ). 1 H in CDCI3 d H3 = 4.69. J = 2.3 Hz. CI (M+H) 500.
To a solution of compound 6A-1 (0.4 g, 0.8 mmol) in ethanol (2 ml), was added 10% Pd/C (0.03 g) and the reaction mixture was stirred under a pressure (60 psi) of H2 gas for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the solvent was concentrated to obtain compound 6A. Mp 164-166oC; CI (M+H) 410. [°~]Q = -28.1 ~ (c 3, CH30H) Elemental analysis calc'd for C24H21 F2NO3: C 70.41; H 5.17; N 3.42; found C
70.25; H 5.1'9; N 3.54.
similarly treat compound 6B-1 to obtain compourjd 68.
Mp 129.5-132:5oC; CI (M~'H) 410. Elemental analysis'calc'd for 046-121 F2N03:
C , 76.41; . H 5.17; N 3.42; found C 70.30; H 5.14; N 3.52.
Step 6' (Alternative): To a solution of the product of Step 5 (0.14 g, 0.3 mmol) in ethanol (2 ml), was added 10% Pd/C (0.03 g) and the reaction was stirred under a pressure (60 psi) of H2 gas for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the solvent was concentrated to afford a 1:1 mixture of compounds 6A and 6B.
Hypothetical In Vivo Evaluation The compound of Formula Vla is administered to transgenic mice (about 5 weeks of age) overexpressing the [i-amyloid precursor protein. The mice are mice available from University of Toronto, described in Janus et al., Nature (Dec.
2000) and Chishti et al., JBC Online 2001. The compound is administered at a dosage of 30 mg/kg/day in the diet over a period of 5-11 weeks. After the specified period of compound administration, mice are sacrificed by C02 asphyxiation and the brains are removed and placed in phosphate buffered saline. One cortex is dissected away from the remainder of one hemisphere and is homogenized in 300 ~,I of sucrose _87_ homogenization buffer (20 mM Tris base, 250 mM sucrose, 1 mM EDTA (ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid) and 1 mM EGTA). The residual brain hemisphere (minus cortex) is used to measure CNS cholesterol and triglycerides using methods discussed above. The remaining intact hemisphere is snap-frozen on dry ice and cryostat sectioned. Sections are stained for A~i-containing plaques using monoclonal anti-human A~i antibody 6F/3D (Dako) and Cy-3 conjugated secondary antibody (available from Jackson Immunological Research). Plaque number and size are quantitated from microscopic images of stained sections visualized with fluorescent light using Image-Pro Plus (available from Media Cybernetics).
Soluble A~ peptide is extracted by mixing 50 ~,I of the cortex homogenate with 50 ~,I of sucrose homogenization buffer and centrifuging the mixture at 100,000 g for 1 hour at 4°C. The pellet is then resuspended in 100 ~,f of cell lysis buffer (1 % sodium dodecyl sulfate, 10 mM Tris pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCI, 5 mM EDTA) and the resulting mixture is centrifuged at 100,000 g for 1 hour at 4°C. The supernatant is then removed, tested fir protein concentration and used for mea~uremenfi of A~3 pepfide. a~~.:
described below.
A~i peptide deposited in plaques is extracted by mixing 100 ~,i of.the cortex homogenate with 233 ml of cold (4°C) formic acid (70% final concentration of formic acid) and sonicating the mixture for 1 minute on ice using a Fisher Sonic Dismembrator Model F60 at Setting 5. The mixture is then centrifuged at 100,000 g for 1 hour at 4°C and 210 p,1 of the supernatant is then diluted with 210 ~.I of formic acid neutralization solution (1 M Tris base, 0.5 M Na2HP04). This solution is used for measurement of A~ peptide as described below.
Plasma A~ peptide is measured directly without further treatment of plasma samples. Cholesterol and triglyceride levels are measured from aliquots of these plasma samples.
A(i40 and A~342 peptides are measured independently by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay. Antibodies 4G8 and G2-10 are used for the measurement of A~40 and antibodies 4G8 and G2-11 are used for the measurement of A~342 (Ida et al., J. Biol. Chem. 271:22908-22914, 1996). Detection of ELISA assays is accomplished by electrochemiluminescent detection using Igen M8 which is available from Igen International, Gaithersburg, MD).

_$$_ It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that changes could be made to the embodiments described above without departing from the broad inventive concept thereof. It is understood, therefore, that this invention is not limited to the particular embodiments disclosed, but it is intended to cover modifications which are within the spirit and scope of the invention, as defined by the appended claims.

Claims (66)

THEREFORE, WE CLAIM:
1. A method of preventing, treating, or ameliorating symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (I):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein:

Ar1 and Ar2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl and R4-substituted aryl;

Ar3 is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;

X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;

R and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 and -O(CO)NR6R7;

R1 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl;
q is 0 or 1;
r is 0 or 1;
m, n and p are independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; provided that at least one of q and r is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and provided that when p is 0 and r is 1, the sum of m, q and n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;

R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O()-15OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -CORE, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, -O(CH2)1-10COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6, -CH=CH-COOR6, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen;
R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl to prevent, treat, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease in the subject.
2. The method according to claim 1, wherein the subject exhibits no symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease.
3. The method according to claim 1, wherein the subject has Alzheimer's Disease.
4. The method according to claim 1, wherein the subject has a family history of Alzheimer's Disease or dementia illness.
5. The method according to claim 1, wherein the subject is a human and has trisomy 21 (Down's Syndrome).
6. The method according to claim 1, wherein the subject is a human.
7. The method according to claim 6, wherein the human carries one or more mutations in the genes that encode .beta.-amyloid precursor protein, presenilin-1 or presenilin-2.
8. The method according to claim 6, wherein the human carries the Apolipoprotein E4 gene.
9. The method according to claim 1, wherein the subject has an elevated level of amyloid .beta. peptide in the bloodstream and/or the brain.
10. The method according to claim 9, wherein the subject has an elevated level of amyloid .beta. 42 peptide in the bloodstream and/or the brain.
11. The method according to claim 9, wherein the level of amyioid .beta.
(A.beta.) peptides in the bloodstream is reduced from about 10 to about 100 percent from a level of amyloid .beta. (A.beta.) peptides prior to administration of the composition.
12. The method according to claim 9, wherein the subject has an level of amyloid A.beta.-42 peptide greater than about 30 pM in the bloodstream.
13. The method according to claim 12, wherein the subject has an level of amyloid A.beta.-42 peptide greater than about 40 pM in the bloodstream.
14. The method according to claim 12, wherein the subject has an level of amyloid A.beta.-42 peptide ranging from about 30 pM to about 80 pM in the bloodstream.
15. The method according to claim 9, wherein the subject has an level of amyloid A.beta.-40 peptide greater than about 200 pM in the bloodstream.
16. The method according to claim 15, wherein the subject has an level of amyloid A.beta.-40 peptide greater than about 400 pM in the bloodstream.
17. The method according to claim 15, wherein the subject has an level of amyloid A.beta.-40 peptide ranging from about 200 pM to about 800 pM in the bloodstream.
18. The method according to claim 9, wherein the subject has an level of amyloid A.beta.-42 peptide of greater than about 50 pmol/gram of wet brain tissue.
19. The method according to claim 9, wherein the subject has an level of amyloid A.beta.-40 peptide of greater than about 10 pmol/gram of wet brain tissue.
20. The method according to claim 1, wherein the subject has an elevated blood cholesterol level.
21. The method according to claim 1, wherein the total serum cholesterol level of the subject is at least about 200 mg/dl.
22. The method according to claim 1, wherein the total LDL cholesterol level of the subject is greater than about 100 mg/dl.
23. The method according to claim 6, wherein the human is greater than about 40 years of age.
24. The method according to claim 7, wherein the human is greater than about 60 years of age.
25. The method according to claim 1, wherein the compound is represented by Formula (II) below:

26. The method according to claim 1, wherein the compound is represented by Formula (VIa) below:

27. The method according to claim 1, wherein the compound is administered to the subject in an amount ranging from about 0.1 to about 1000 milligrams of compound per day.
28. The method according to claim 1, wherein the composition further comprises at least one cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitor.
29. The method according to claim 28, wherein the at least one cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitor comprises at least one HMG CoA reductase inhibitor.
30. The method according to claim 29, wherein the at least one HMG CoA
reductase inhibitor is selected from lovastatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin, simvastatin, atorvastatin, cerivastatin, rosuvastatin or mixtures thereof.
31. The method according to claim 30, wherein the at least one HMG CoA
reductase inhibitor is simvastatin.
32. The method according to claim 1, wherein the composition further comprises at least one fibric acid derivative.
33. . The method according to claim.1, wherein the composition further comprises at least one bile acid sequestrant.
34. The method according to claim 1, wherein the composition further comprises nicotinic acid or a derivative thereof.
35. The method according to claim 1, wherein the composition further comprises at least one AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferase Inhibitor.
36. The method according to claim 1, wherein the composition further comprises probucol or a derivative thereof.
37. The method according to claim 1, wherein the composition further comprises at least one low-density lipoprotein receptor activator.
38. The method according to claim 1, wherein the composition further comprises at least one Omega 3 fatty acid.
39. The method according to claim 1, wherein the composition further comprises at least one natural water soluble fiber.
40. The method according to claim 1, wherein the composition further comprises at least one of plant sterols, plant stanols or fatty acid esters of plant stanols.
41. The method according to claim 1, wherein the composition further comprises at least one antioxidant or vitamin.
42. The method according to claim 1, wherein the composition further comprises at least one Alzheimer's treatment different from compound I above.
43. The method according to claim 1, wherein the composition further comprises at least one Alzheimer's treatment different from compound I above selected from the group consisting of cholinesterase inhibitors, muscarinic receptor antagonists, M2 muscarinic receptor antagonists, acetylcholine release stimulators, choline uptake stimulators, nicotinic cholinergic receptor antagonists, anti-A.beta.
vaccines, .gamma.-secretase inhibitors, .beta.-secretase inhibitors, amyloid aggregation inhibitors, amyloid precursor protein antisense oligonucleotides, monoamine reuptake inhibitors, human stem cells, gene therapy, nootropic agents, AMPA receptor ligands, growth factors or growth factor receptor agonists, anti-inflammatory agents, free radical scavengers/antioxidants, superoxide dismutase stimulators, calcium channel blockers, apoptosis inhibitors, caspase inhibitors, monoamine oxidase inhibitors, estrogens, NMDA receptor antagonists, Jun N-terminal kinase (JNK) inhibitors, copper/zinc chelators, 5-HT1 a receptor agonists, NGF stimulators, neuroprotective agents, histamine receptor antagonists, calpain inhibitors, poly ADP ribose polymerase inhibitors, prolylendopeptidase inhibitors, calcium modulators, corticortropin releasing factor antagonists, corticortropin releasing factor binding protein inhibitor, GABA
modulators, GABA-A receptor antagonists, GABA-B receptor antagonists, neuroimmunophilin ligands, sigma receptor ligands, galanin receptor ligands, imidazoline/alpha adrenergic receptor antagonists, vasoactive intestinal peptide receptor agonists, benzodiazepine inverse agonists, cannabinoid receptor agonists, thyrotropin releasing hormone receptor agonists, protein kinase C inhibitors, antagonists, prostaglandin receptor antagonists, topoisomerase II inhibitors, steroid receptor agonists, corticosteroid receptor antagonists, nitric oxide modulators, RAGE
inhibitors, dopamine receptor agonists, and combinations thereof.
44. A method of preventing, treating, or ameliorating symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising a compound represented by Formula (II) below:

to present, treat, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease in the subject.
45. A method of regulating the production of at least one amyloid .beta.
peptide in a subject or regulating a level of at least one amyloid .beta. peptide in bloodstream and/or brain of a subject, comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (I):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein:

Ar1 and Ar2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl and R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
R and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 and -O(CO)NR6R7;
R1 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl;
q is 0 or 1;
r is 0 or 1;
m, n and p are independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; provided that at least one of q and r is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and provided that when p is 0 and r is 1, the sum of m, q and n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5R6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, -O(CH2)2-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6, -CH=CH-COOR6, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen;
R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl, to regulate the production or level of at least one amyloid .beta. peptide in the subject.
46. A method of regulating the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of the subject comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (I):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl and R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
R and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 and -O(CO)NR6R7;
R1 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl;
q is 0 or 1;
r is 0 or 1;
m, n and p are independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; provided that at least one of q and r is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and provided that when p is 0 and r is 1, the sum of m, q and n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;

R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, -O(CH2)1-10 -COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6, -CH=CH-COOR6, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen;

R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, -O(CH2)1-10 -COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;

R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl, to regulate the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of the subject.
47. A method of preventing, treating, or ameliorating symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (III):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (III) above:

Ar1 is R3-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is R5-substituted aryl;
Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
A is selected from -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2-;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 and -O(CO)NR6R7; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl; or R1 and R2 together are =O;
q is 1, 2 or 3;
p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
R5 is 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR9, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2-lower alkyl, -NR6SO2-aryl, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7; S(O)0-2 alkyl; S(O)0-2-aryl, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, o-halogeno, m-halogeno, o-lower alkyl, m-lower alkyl, -(lower alkylene)-COOR6, and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R3 and R4 are independently 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of R5, hydrogen, p-lower alkyl, aryl, -NO2, -CF3 and p-halogeno;
R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl to prevent, treat, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease in the subject.
48. A method of regulating the production of at least one amyloid .beta.
peptide in a subject or regulating a level of at least one amyloid .beta. peptide in bloodstream and/or brain of a subject, comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (III):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (III) above:
Ar1 is R3-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is R5-substituted aryl;
Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
A is selected from -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2-;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 and -O(CO)NR6R7; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl; or R1 and R2 together are =O;
q is 1, 2 or 3;
p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
R5 is 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR9, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2 lower alkyl, -NR6SO2 aryl, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2 alkyl, S(O)0-2 aryl, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, o-halogeno, m-halogeno, o-lower alkyl, m-lower alkyl, -(lower alkylene)-COOR6, and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R3 and R4 are independently 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of R5, hydrogen, p-lower alkyl, aryl, -NO2, -CF3 and p-halogeno;
R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl, to regulate the production or level of at least one amyloid .beta. peptide in the subject.
49. A method of regulating the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of the subject comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (III):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (III) above:
Ar1 is R3-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is R5-substituted aryl;
Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
A is selected from -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2-;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 and -O(CO)NR6R7; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl; or R1 and R2 together are =O;
q is 1, 2 or 3;
p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
R5 is 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR9, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2 lower alkyl, -NR6SO2 aryl, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2-alkyl, S(O)0-2-aryl, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, o-halogeno, m-halogeno, o-lower alkyl, m-lower alkyl, -(lower alkylene)-COOR6, and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R3 and R4 are independently 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of R5, hydrogen, p-lower alkyl, aryl, -NO2, -CF3 and p-halogeno;
R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl, to regulate the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of the subject.
50. A method of preventing, treating, or ameliorating symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (IV):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (IV) above:
A is selected from the group consisting of R2-substituted heterocycloalkyl, R2-substituted heteroaryl, R2-substituted benzofused heterocycloalkyl, and R2-substituted benzofused heteroaryl;
Ar1 is aryl or R3-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;

Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group ; and R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

-(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;

-(CH2)e G-(CH2)r-, wherein G is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR8- or -S(O)0-2-, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of a and r is 1-6;

-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-; and -(CH2)f- V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;

R5 is selected from:
R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or R5 together with an adjacent R6, or R5 together with an adjacent R7, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;

a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R6 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1; provided that when R7 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R6's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R7's can be the same or different;

and when Q is a bond, R1 also can be selected from:
where M is -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)S ;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2 , -CH(C1-C6 alkyl)- and -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl);

R10 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR14, -O(CO)R14, -O(CO)OR16 and -O(CO)NR14R16;

R11 and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R1o and R11 together are =O, or R12 and R13 together are =O;
d is 1,2 or 3;
h is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently 0-4; provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6; provided that when p is 0 and t is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;

v is 0 or 1;
j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
R2 is 1-3 substituents on the ring carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C10)alkyl, (C2-C10)alkenyl, (C2-C10)alkynyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkenyl, R17-substituted aryl, R17-substituted benzyl, R17-substituted benzyloxy, R17-substituted aryloxy, halogeno, -NR14R15, NR14R15(C1-C6 alkylene)-, NR14R15C(O)(C1-C6 alkylene)-,-NHC(O)R16, OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, -OC(O)R16, -COR14, hydroxy(C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)alkyl, NO2, -S(O)0-2R16, -SO2NR14R15 and -(C1-C6 alkylene)COOR14; when R2 is a substituent on a heterocycloalkyl ring, R2 is as defined, or is =O or ; and, where R2 is a substituent on a substitutable ring nitrogen, it is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, aryloxy, (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, hydroxy, -(CH2)1-6CONR18R18, wherein J is -O-, -NH-, -NR18- or-CH2 ;

R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, -OR14, -O(CO)R14, -O(CO)OR16, -O(CH2)1-5OR14, -O(CO)NR14R15, -NR14R15, -NR14(CO)R15, -NR14(CO)OR16, -NR14(CO)NR15R19, -NR14SO2R16, -COOR14, -CONR14R15, -COR14, -SO2NR14R15, S(O)0-2R16, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR14, -O(CH2)1-10CONR14R15, -(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR14, -CH=CH-COOR14, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen;

R8 is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl (C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)R14 or -COOR14;
R9 and R17 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR14R15, OH and halogeno;
R14 and R15 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
R16 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R17-substituterd aryl;
R18 is Hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl; and R19 is hydrogen, hydroxy or (C1-C6)alkoxy, to prevent, treat, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease in the subject.
51. A method of regulating the production of at least one amyloid .beta.
peptide in a subject or regulating a level of at least one amyloid .beta. peptide in bloodstream and/or brain of a subject, comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (IV):

(IV) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (IV) above:

A is selected from the group consisting of R2-substituted heterocycloalkyl, R2-substituted heteroaryl, R2-substituted benzofused heterocycloalkyl, and R2-substituted benzofused heteroaryl;
Are is aryl or R3-substituted aryl;
Are is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;
Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group and R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6; provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;
-(CH2)e -G-(CH2)r-, wherein G is -O-,-C(O)-, phenylene, -NR8- or -S(O)0-2-, a is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6;
-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-; and -(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3 C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;
R5 is selected from:
R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or R5 together with an adjacent R6, or R5 together with an adjacent R7, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R6 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1; provided that when R7 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R6's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R7's can be the same or different;

and when Q is a bond, R1 also can be selected from:
where M is -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)S-;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2 , -CH(C1-C6 alkyl)- and -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl);

R10 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR14, -O(CO)R14, -O(CO)OR16 and -O(CO)NR14R15;

R11 and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R10 and R11 together are =O, or R12 and R13 together are =O;
d is 1, 2 or 3;
h is 0; 1, 2, 3 or 4;
s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently 0-4; provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6; provided that when p is 0 and t is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;

v is 0 or 1;
j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
R2 is 1-3 substituents on the ring carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C10)alkyl, (C2-C10)alkenyl, (C2 C10)alkynyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkenyl, R17-substituted aryl, R17-substituted benzyl, R17-substituted benzyloxy, R17-substituted aryloxy, halogeno, -NR14R15, NR14R15(C1-C6 alkylene)-, NR14R15C(O)(C1-C6 alkylene)-,-NHC(O)R16, OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, -OC(O)R16, -COR14, hydroxy(C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)alkyl, NO2, -S(O)0-2R16, -SO2NR14R15 and -(C1-C6 alkylene)COOR14; when R2 is a substituent on a heterocycloalkyl ring, R2 is as defined, or is =O or ; and, where R2 is a substituent on a substitutable ring nitrogen, it is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, aryloxy, (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, hydroxy, -(CH2)1-6CONR18R18, wherein J is -O-, -NH-, -NR18- or -CH2;
R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, -OR14, -O(CO)R14, -O(CO)OR16, -O(CH2)1-5OR14, -O(CO)NR14R15, -NR14R15, -NR14(CO)R15, -NR14(CO)OR16, -NR14(CO)NR15R19 -NR14SO2R16, -COOR14, -CONR14R15, -COR14, -SO2NR14R15, S(O)0-2R16, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR14, -O(CH2)1-10CONR14R15, -(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR14, -CH=CH-COOR14, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen;
R8 is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl (C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)R14 or -COOR14;
R9 and R17 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR14R15, OH and halogeno;

R14 and R15 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;

R16 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R17-substituted aryl;
R18 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl; and R19 is hydrogen, hydroxy or (C1-C6)alkoxy, to regulate the production or level of at least one amyloid .beta. peptide in the subject.
52. A method of regulating the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of the subject comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (IV):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (IV) above:
A is selected from the group consisting of R2-substituted heterocycloalkyl, R2-substituted heteroaryl, R2-substituted benzofused heterocycloalkyl, and R2-substituted benzofused heteroaryl;
Ar1 is aryl or R3-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;
Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group ; and R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;

-(CH2)e -G-(CH2)r-, wherein G is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR8- or -S(O)0-2-, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of a and r is 1-6;

-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-; and -(CH2)f -V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;

R5 is selected from:

R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or R5 together with an adjacent R6, or R5 together with an adjacent R7, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;

a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R6 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1; provided that when R7 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R6's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R7's can be the same or different;

and when Q is a bond, R1 also can be selected from:
where M is -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)S ;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2 , -CH(C1-C6 alkyl)- and -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl);
R10 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR14, -O(CO)R14, -O(CO)OR16 and -O(CO)NR14R15;
R11 and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R10 and R11 together are =O, or R12 and R13 together are =O;
d is 1, 2 or 3;
h is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently 0-4; provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6; provided that when p is 0 and t is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;
v is 0 or 1;
j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;

R2 is 1-3 substituents on the ring carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C10)alkyl, (C2-C10)alkenyl, (C2-C10)alkynyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkenyl, R17-substituted aryl, R17-substituted benzyl, R17-substituted benzyloxy, R17-substituted aryloxy, halogeno, -NR14R15, NR14R15(C1-C6 alkylene)-, NR14R15C(O)(C1-C6 alkylene)-,-NHC(O)R16, OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, -OC(O)R16, -COR14, hydroxy(C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)alkyl, NO2, -S(O)0-2R16, -SO2NR14R15 and -(C1-C6 alkylene)COOR14; when R2 is a substituent on a heterocycloalkyl ring, R2 is as defined, or is =O or ; and, where R2 is a substituent on a substitutable ring nitrogen, it is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, aryloxy, (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, hydroxy, -(CH2)1-6CONR18R18, wherein J is -O-, -NH-, -NR1$- or -CH2 ;
R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, -OR14, -O(CO)R14, -O(CO)OR16, -O(CH2)1-5OR14, -O(CO)NR14R15, -NR14R15, -NR14(CO)R15, -NR14(CO)OR16, -NR14(CO)NR15R16, -NR14SO2R16, -COOR14, -CONR14R15, -COR14, -SO2NR14R15, S(O)0-2R16, -O(CH2)1-10 -COOR14, -O(CH2)1-10CONR14R15, -(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR14, -CH=CH-COOR14, -CF3, -CN, NO2 and halogen;

R8 is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl (C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)R14 or -COOR14;
R9 and R17 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR14R15, OH and halogeno;

R14 and R15 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
R16 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R17-substituted aryl;
R18 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl; and R19 is hydrogen, hydroxy or (C1-C6)alkoxy, to regulate the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of the subject.
53. A method of preventing, treating, or ameliorating symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (V):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (V) above:
Ar1 is aryl, R10-substituted aryl or heteroaryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;
X and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
R is -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 or -O(CO)NR6R7; R1 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl; or R and R1 together are =O;
q is 0 or 1;
r is 0, 1 or 2;

m and n are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; provided that the sum of m, n and p is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7,-COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -CF3, -CN, -NO2, halogen, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl;
R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R10 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, -S(O)0-2R9, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen to prevent, treat, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease in the subject.
54. A method of regulating the production of at least one amyloid .beta.
peptide in a subject or regulating a level of at least one amyloid .beta. peptide in bloodstream and/or brain of a subject, comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (V):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (V) above:
Ar1 is aryl, R10-substituted aryl or heteroaryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;
X and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
R is -OR6, -O(CO)R8, -O(CO)OR9 or -O(CO)NR6R7; R1 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl; or R and R1 together are =O;
q is 0 or 1;
r is 0, 1 or 2;
m and n are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; provided that the sum of m, n and q is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR7, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -CF3, -CN, -NO2, halogen, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;

R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl;
R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R10 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, -S(O)0-2R9, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen to regulate the production or level of at least one amyloid .beta. peptide in the subject.
55. A method of regulating the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of the subject comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (V):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (V) above:
Ar1 is aryl, R10-substituted aryl or heteroaryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;
X and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
R is -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 or -O(CO)NR6R7; R1 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl; or R and R1 together are =O;

q is 0 or 1;
r is 0, 1 or 2;
m and n are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; provided that the sum of m, n and q is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -CF3, -CN, -NO2, halogen, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl;
R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R10 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, -S(O)0-2R9, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen to regulate the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of the subject.
56. A method of preventing, treating, or ameliorating symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (VI):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein:
R1 is R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
-CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)-, -C(di-lower alkyl)-, -CH=CH- and -C(lower alkyl)=CH-; or R1 together with an adjacent R2, or R1 together with an adjacent R3, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(lower alkyl)- group;
u and v are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R2 is -CH=CH- or -C(lower alkyl)=CH-, v is 1; provided that when R3 is -CH=CH- or -C(lower alkyl)=CH-, u is 1; provided that when v is 2 or 3, the R2's can be the same or different; and provided that when u is 2 or 3, the R3's can be the same or different;
R4 is selected from B-(CH2)m C(O)-, wherein m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
B-(CH2)q-, wherein q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)e-Z-(CH2)r-, wherein Z is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -N(R8)- or -S(O)0-2-, e is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of e and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 6;
B-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-;
B-(C4-C6 alkadienylene)-;

B-(CH2)t-Z-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-, wherein Z is as defined above, and wherein t is 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and g is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)t-V-(C2-C6 alkenylene)- or B-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-V-(CH2)t-, wherein V and t are as defined above, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)a-Z-(CH2)b-V-(CH2)d-, wherein Z and V are as defined above and a, b and d are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, provided that the sum of a, b and d is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or T-(CH2)s-, wherein T is cycloalkyl of 3-6 carbon atoms and s is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or R1 and R4 together form the group B is selected from indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, heteroaryl or W-substituted heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl and furanyl, and for nitrogen-containing heteroaryls, the N-oxides thereof, or W is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, (lower alkoxyimino)-lower alkyl, lower alkanedioyl, lower alkyl lower alkanedioyl, allyloxy, -CF3, -OCF3, benzyl, R7-benzyl, benzyloxy, R7-benzyloxy, phenoxy, R7-phenoxy, dioxolanyl, NO2, -N(R8)(R9), N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylene-, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy-, OH, halogeno, -CN, -N3, -NHC(O)OR10, -NHC(O)R10, R11O2SNH-, (R11O2S)2N-, -S(O)2NH2, -S(O)0-2R8, tert-butyldimethyl-silyloxymethyl, -C(O)R12, -COOR19, -CON(R8)(R9), -CH=CHC(O)R12, -lower alkylene-C(O)R12, R10C(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)-, N(R8)(R9)C(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)- and for substitution on ring carbon atoms, and the substituents on the substituted heteroaryl ring nitrogen atoms, when present, are selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -C(O)OR10, -C(O)R10, OH, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylene-, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy-, -S(O)2NH2 and 2-(trimethylsilyl)-ethoxymethyl;
R7 is 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -N(R8)(R9), OH, and halogeno;
R8 and R9 are independently selected from H or lower alkyl;
R10 is selected from lower alkyl, phenyl, R7-phenyl, benzyl or R7-benzyl;
R11 is selected from OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, R7-phenyl or R7-benzyl;
R12 is selected from H, OH, alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, -N(R8)(R9), lower alkyl, phenyl or R7-phenyl;
R13 is selected from -O-, -CH2-, -NH-, -N(lower alkyl)- or -NC(O)R19;
R15, R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H
and the groups defined for W; or R15 is hydrogen and R16 and R17, together with adjacent carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a dioxolanyl ring;
R19 is H, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl; and R20 and R21 are independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, W-substituted naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzodioxolyl, heteroaryl, W-substituted heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl, W-substituted benzofused heteroaryl and cyclopropyl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above, to prevent, treat, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease in the subject.
57. A method of regulating the production of at least one amyloid .beta.
peptide in a subject or regulating a level of at least one amyloid .beta. peptide in bloodstream and/or brain of a subject, comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (VI):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein:
R1 is ~

R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
-CH2-, -CH(lower- alkyl)-, -C(di-lower alkyl)-, -CH=CH- and -C(lower alkyl)=CH-; or R1 together with an adjacent R2, or R1 together with an adjacent R3, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(lower alkyl)- group;
u and v are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R2 is -CH=CH- or -C(lower alkyl)=CH-, v is 1; provided that when R3 is -CH=CH- or -C(lower alkyl)=CH-, a is 1; provided that when v is 2 or 3, the R2's can be the same or different; and provided that when u is 2 or 3, the R3's can be the same or different;
R4 is selected from B-(CH2)m C(O)-, wherein m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
B-(CH2)q-, wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)e-Z-(CH2)r-, wherein Z is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -N(R8)- or -S(O)0-2-, e is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of e and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 6;
B-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-;
B-(C4-C6 alkadienylene)-;

B-(CH2)t-Z-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-, wherein Z is as defined above, and wherein t is 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and g is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)t-V-(C2-C6 alkenylene)- or B-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-V-(CH2)t-, wherein V and t are as defined above, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)a-Z-(CH2)b-V-(CH2)d-, wherein Z and V are as defined above and a, b and d are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, provided that the sum of a, b and d is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or T-(CH2)s-, wherein T is cycloalkyl of 3-6 carbon atoms and s is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or R1 and R4 together form the group B is selected from indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, heteroaryl or W-substituted heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl and furanyl, and for nitrogen-containing heteroaryls, the N-oxides thereof, or W is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, (lower alkoxyimino)-lower alkyl, lower alkanedioyl, lower alkyl lower alkanedioyl, allyloxy, -CF3, -OCF3, benzyl, R7-benzyl, benzyloxy, R7-benzyloxy, phenoxy, R7-phenoxy, dioxolanyl, NO2, -N(R8)(R9), N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylene-, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy-, OH, halogeno, -CN, -N3, -NHC(O)OR10, -NHC(O)R10, R11O2SNH-, (R11O2S)2N-, -S(O)2NH2, -S(O)0-2R8, tert-butyldimethyl-silyloxymethyl, -C(O)R12, -COOR19, -CON(R8)(R9), -CH=CHC(O)R12, -lower alkylene-C(O)R12, R10C(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)-, N(R8)(R9)C(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)- and for substitution on ring carbon atoms, and the substituents on the substituted heteroaryl ring nitrogen atoms, when present, are selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -C(O)OR10,-C(O)R10, OH, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylene-, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy-, -S(O)2NH2 and 2-(trimethylsilyl)-ethoxymethyl;
R7 is 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -N(R8)(R9), OH, and halogeno;
R8 and R9 are independently selected from H or lower alkyl;
R10 is selected from lower alkyl, phenyl, R7-phenyl, benzyl or R7-benzyl;
R11 is selected from OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, R7-phenyl or R7-benzyl;
R12 is selected from H, OH, alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, -N(R8)(R9), lower alkyl, phenyl or R7 phenyl;
R13 is selected from -O-, -CH2-, -NH-, -N(lower alkyl)- or -NC(O)R19;
R15, R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H
and the groups defined for W; or R15 is hydrogen and R16 and R17, together with adjacent carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a dioxolanyl ring;
R19 is H, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl; and R20 and R21 are independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, W-substituted naphthyl, indanyl, indanyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzodioxolyl, heteroaryl, W-substituted heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl, W-substituted benzofused heteroaryl and cyclopropyl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above, to regulate the production or level of at least one amyloid .beta. peptide in the subject.
58. A method of regulating the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of the subject comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (VI):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein:
R1 is R2 and R3 are independently selected from he group consisting of:
-CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)-, -C(di-lower alkyl)-CH=CH- and-C(lower alkyl)=CH-; or R1 together with an adjacent R2, or R1 together with an adjacent R3, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(lower alkyl)- group;
a and v are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R2 is -CH=CH- or -C(lower alkyl)=CH-, v is 1; provided that when R3 is -CH=CH- or -C(lower alkyl)=CH-, u is 1; provided that when v is 2 or 3, the R2's can be the same or different; and provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R3's can be the same or different;
R4 is selected from B-(CH2)m C(O)-, wherein m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
B-(CH2)q-, wherein q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)e -Z-(CH2)r-, wherein Z is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -N(R8)- or -S(O)0-2-, e is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of a and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 6;
B-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-;
B-(C4-C6 alkadienylene)-;

B-(CH2)t-Z-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-, wherein Z is as defined above, and wherein t is 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and g is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)t-V-(C2-C6 alkenylene)- or B-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-V-(CH2)t-, wherein V and t are as defined above, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)a-Z-(CH2)b-V-(CH2)d-, wherein Z and V are as defined above and a, b and d are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, provided that the sum of a, b and d is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or T-(CH2)s-, wherein T is cycloalkyl of 3-6 carbon atoms and s is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or R1 and R4 together form the group ;
B is selected from indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, heteroaryl or W-substituted heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl;
pyrazolyl;
thienyl, oxazolyl and furanyl, and for nitrogen-containing heteroaryls, the N-oxides thereof, or W is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, (lower alkoxyimino)-lower alkyl, lower alkanedioyl, lower alkyl lower alkanedioyl, allyloxy, -CF3, -OCF3, benzyl, R7-benzyl, benzyloxy, R7-benzyloxy, phenoxy, R7-phenoxy, dioxolanyl, NO2, -N(R8)(R9), N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylene-, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy-, OH, halogeno, -CN, -N3, -NHC(O)OR10, -NHC(O)R10, R11O2SNH-, (R11O2S)2N-, -S(O)2NH2,-S(O)0-2R8, tart-butyldimethyl-silyloxymethyl, -C(O)R12, -COOR19, -CON(R8)(R9), -CH=CHC(O)R12, -lower alkylene-C(O)R12, R10C(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)-, N(R8)(R9)C(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)- and for substitution on ring carbon atoms, and the substituents on the substituted heteroaryl ring nitrogen atoms, when present, are selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -C(O)OR10, -C(O)R10, OH, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylene-, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy-, -S(O)2NH2 and 2-(trimethylsilyl)-ethoxymethyl;
R7 is 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -N(R8)(R9), OH, and halogeno;
R8 and R9 are independently selected from H or lower alkyl;
R10 is selected from lower alkyl, phenyl, R7-phenyl, benzyl or R7-benzyl;
R11 is selected from OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, R7-phenyl or R7-benzyl;
R12 is selected from H, OH, alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, -N(R8)(R9), lower alkyl, phenyl or R7-phenyl-, R13 is selected from -O-, -CH2-, -NH-, -N(lower alkyl)- or -NC(O)R19;
R15, R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H
and the groups defined for W; or R15 is hydrogen and R16 and R17, together with adjacent carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a dioxolanyl ring;
R19 is H, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl; and R20 and R21 are independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, W-substituted naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzodioxolyl, heteroaryl, W-substituted heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl, W-substituted benzofused heteroaryl and cyclopropyl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above, to regulate the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of the subject.
59. A method of preventing, treating, or ameliorating symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (VII):
(VII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (VII) above, R26 is H or OG1;
G and G1 are independently selected from the group consisting of and ; provided that when R26 is H or OH, G is not H;
R, R a and R b are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy or-W-R30;
W is independently selected from the group consisting of -NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-N(R31)-, -NH-C(O)-N(R31)- and -O-C(S)-N(R31)-;
R2 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C6)alkyl;
R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)(C1-C6)alkyl and -C(O)aryl;

R30 is selected from the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C6)alkyl;
R31 is selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-C4)alkyl;
T is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogeno, (C1-C4)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -NO2, (C1-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C1-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2, -C(O)-NH(C1-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-N((C1-C4)alkyl)2, -C(O)-(C1-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-(C1-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31, the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;
Ar1 is aryl or R10-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R11-substituted aryl;
Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group ; and R1 is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;
-(CH2)e-E-(CH2)r-, wherein E is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR22- or -S(O)0-2-, a is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of a and r is 1-6;
-(C2-C6)alkenylene-; and -(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum off and g is 1-6;
R12 is R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or R12 together with an adjacent R13, or R12 together with an adjacent R14, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero;
provided that when R13 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1;
provided that when R14 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1;
provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;
and when Q is a bond, R1 also can be:
M is -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2-;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(C1-C6)alkyl- and -C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl);
R10 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, -OR19, -O(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR21, -O(CH2)1-5OR19, -O(CO)NR19R20, -NR19R20, -NR19(CO)R20, -NR19(CO)OR21, -NR19(CO)NR20R25, -NR19SO2R21, -COOR19, -CONR19R20, -COR19, -SO2NR19R20, S(O)0-2R21, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR19, -O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20, -(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR19, -CH=CH-COOR19, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen;

R15 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR19,-O(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR21 and -O(CO)NR19R20;
R16 and R18 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R15 and R16 together are =O, or R17 and R18 together are =O;
d is 1, 2 or 3;
h is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently 0-4;
provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6;
provided that when p is 0 and t is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;
v is 0 or 1;
j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
and when Q, is a bond and R1 is , Ar1 can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
R21 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R24-substituted aryl;
R22 is H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl (C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)R19 or -COOR19;
R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR19R20, -OH and halogeno; and R25 is H, -OH or (C1-C6)alkoxy, to prevent, treat, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease in the subject.
60. A method of regulating the production of at least one amyloid .beta.
peptide in a subject or regulating a level of at least one amyloid .beta. peptide in bloodstream and/or brain of a subject, comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (VII):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (VII) above, R26 is H or OG1;
G and G1 are independently selected from the group consisting of and ; provided that when R26 is H or OH, G is not H;
R, R a and R b are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy or-W-R30;
W is independently selected from the group consisting of -NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-N(R31)-, -NH-C(O)-N(R31)- and -O-C(S)-N(R31)-;
R2 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C6)alkyl;
R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)(C1-C6)alkyl and -C(O)aryl;

R30 is selected from the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C6)alkyl;

R31 is selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-C4)alkyl;
T is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, fury(thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;

R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogeno, (C1-C4)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -NO2, (C1-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C1-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2, -C(O)-NH(C1-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-N((C1-C4)alkyl)2, -C(O)-(C1-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-(C1-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31, the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;
Ar1 is aryl or R10-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R11-substituted aryl;
Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group R1 is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;
-(CH2)e-E-(CH2)r-, wherein E is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR22- or -S(O)0-2-, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6;
-(C2-C6)alkenylene-; and -(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;

R12 is R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or R12 together with an adjacent R13, or R12 together with an adjacent R14, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero;
provided that when R13 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1;
provided that when R14 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1;
provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; arid provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;
and when Q is a bond, R1 also can be:

M is -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2-;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(C1-C6)alkyl- and -C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl);
R10 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 subsfiituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, -OR19, -O(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR21, -O(CH2)1-5OR19, -O(CO)NR19R20,-NR19R20,-NR19(CO)R20, -NR19(CO)OR21, -NR19(CO)NR20R25, _NR19SO2R21,-COOR19, -CONR19R20, -COR19, -SO2NR19R20, S(O)0-2R21, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR19, -O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20, -(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR19, -CH=CH-COOR19, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen;

R15 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR19, -O(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR21 and -O(CO)NR19R20;
R16 and R18 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R15 and R16 together are =O, or R17 and R18 together are =O;
d is 1, 2 or 3;
h is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently 0-4;
provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6;
provided that when p is 0 and t is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;
v is 0 or 1;
j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;

and when Q is a bond and R1 is , Ar1 can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazoiyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;

R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
R11 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R~4-substituted aryl;
R22 is H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl (C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)R19 or -COOR19;
R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR19R20, -OH and halogeno; and R25 is H, -OH or (C1-C6)alkoxy, to regulate the production or level of at feast one amyloid .beta. peptide in the subject.
61. A method of regulating the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of the subject comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (VII):

(VII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein, in Formula (VII) above, R26 is H or OG1;
G and G1 are independently selected from the group consisting of OH, G is not H;
R, R a and R b are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy or -W-R30;
W is independently selected from the group consisting of -NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-N(R31)-, -NH-C(O)-N(R31)- and -O-C(S)-N(R31)-;
R2 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C6)alkyl;
R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)(C1-C6)alkyl and -C(O)aryl;

R30 is selected from the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C6)alkyl;

R31 is selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-C4)alkyl;
T is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazofyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogeno, (C1-C4)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -NO2, (C1-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C1-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2, -C(O)-NH(C1-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-N((C1-C4)alkyl)2, -C(O)-(C1-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-(C1-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31, the nitrogen to which it is.
attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyi or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;
Ar1 is aryl or R10-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R11-substituted aryl;
Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group R1 is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;
-(CH2)e-E-(CH2)r-, wherein E is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR22- or -S(O)0-, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of a and r is 1-6;
-(C2-C6)alkenylene-; and -(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;

R12 is R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or R12 together with an adjacent R13, or R12 together with an adjacent R14, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero;
provided that when R13 is -CH=CH- or-C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1;
provided that when R14 is -CH=CH- or-C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1;
provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;
arad when Q is a bond, R1 also can be:

M is -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2-;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(C1-C6)alkyl- and -C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl);
R10 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, -OR19, -O(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR21, -O(CH2)1-5OR19, -O(CO)NR19R20, -NR19R20, -NR19(CO)R20, -NR19(CO)OR21, -NR19(CO)NR20R25, NR19SO2R21, -COOR19, -CONR19R20, -COR19, -SO2NR19R20, S(O)0-2R21 -O(CH2)1-10-COOR19, -O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20, -(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR19, -CH=CH-COOR19, -CF3, -CN, -O02 and halogen;

R15 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR19, -O(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR21 and -O(CO)NR19R20;
R16 and R18 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R15 and R16 together are =O, or R17 and R18 together are =O;
d is 1, 2 or 3;
h is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently 0-4;
provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6;
provided that when p is 0 and t is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;
v is 0 or 1;
j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
and when Q is a bond and R1 is, Ar1 can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
R21 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R24-substituted aryl;
R22 is H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl (C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)R19 or -COOR19;
R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR19R20, -OH and halogeno; and R25 is H, -OH or (C1-C6)alkoxy, to regulate the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of the subject.
62. A method of preventing, treating, or ameliorating symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (VIII):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein R26 is selected from the group consisting of:
a) OH;
b) OCH3;
c) fluorine and d) chlorine.
R1 is selected from the group consisting of R, R a and R b are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy and -W-R30;
W is independently selected from the group consisting of -NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-N(R31)-, -NH-C(O)-N(R31)- and -O-C(S)-N(R31)-;

R2 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C~-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C6)alkyl;
R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)(C1-C6)alkyl and -C(O)aryl;
R32 is independently selected form the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C6)alkyl;
R31 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-C4)alkyl;
T is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogeno, (C1-C4)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -NO2, (C1-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, OXO, (C1-C4-)alkylsulfanyl; (C1-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2, -C(O)-NH(C1-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-N((C1-C4)alkyl)2, -C(O)_ (C1-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-(C1-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R3~, the nitrogen to which~it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;

Ar1 is aryl or R10-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R11-substituted aryl;
Q is -(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group R12 is R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or together with an adjacent R13, or R12 together with an adjacent R14, form a -CH=CH-or a -CH=C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;

a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R13 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1; provided that when R14 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;

R10 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, -OR19, -O(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR21, -O(CH2)1-5OR19, -O(CO)NR19R20, -NR19R20,,-NR19(CO)R20, -NR19(CO)OR21,-NR19(CO)NR20R25, -NR19SO2R21, -COOR19, -CONR19R20, -COR19, -SO2NR19R20, S(O)0-2R21, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR19, -O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20, -(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR19, -CH=CH-COOR19, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen;

R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;

R21 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R24-substituted aryl;

R22 is H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl (C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)R19 or -COOR19;

R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR19R20, -OH
and halogeno; and R25 is H, -OH or (C1-C6)alkoxy, to prevent, treat, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease in the subject.
63. A method of regulating the production of at least one amyloid .beta.
peptide in a subject or regulating a level of at least one amyloid .beta. peptide in bloodstream and/or brain of a subject, comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (VIII):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein R26 is selected from the group consisting of:

a) OH;

b) OCH3;

c) fluorine and d) chlorine.

R1 is selected from the group consisting of -SO3H; natural and unnatural amino acids.

R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy and -W-R30;

W is independently selected from the group consisting of -NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-N(R31 )-, -NH-C(O)-N(R31 )- and -O-C(S)-N(R31 )-;

R2 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C6)alkyl;

R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)(C1-C6)alkyl and -C(O)aryl;

R30 is independently selected form the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C6)alkyl;

R31 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-C4)alkyl;

T is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;

R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogeno, (C1-C4)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -NO2, (C1-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C1-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2, -C(O)-NH(C1-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-N((C1-C4)alkyl)2, -C(O)-(C1-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-(C1-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31, the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;

Ar1 is aryl or R10-substituted aryl;

Ar2 is aryl or R11-substituted aryl;

Q is -(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group R12 is R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or together with an adjacent R13, or R12 together with an adjacent R14, form a -CH=CH-or a -CH=C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;

a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R13 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1; provided that when R14 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;

R10 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, -OR19,-O(CO)R19,-O(CO)OR21, -O(CH2)1-5OR19 -O(CO)NR19R20 -NR19R20-NR19(CO)R20, -NR19(CO)OR21,-NR19(CO)NR20R25,-NR19SO2R21,-COOR19, -CONR19R20,-COR19,-SO2NR19R20, S(O)0-2R21, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR19, -O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20, -(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR19,-CH=CH-COOR19, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen;

R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;

R21 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R24-substituted aryl;

R22 is H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl (C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)R19 or -COOR19;

R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR19R20, -OH
and halogeno; and R25 is H, -OH or (C1-C6)alkoxy, to regulate the production or level of at least one amyloid .beta. peptide in the subject.
64. A method of regulating the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of the subject comprising the step of administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition comprising at least one compound represented by Formula (VIII):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein R26 is selected from the group consisting of:

a) OH;

b) OCH3;

c) fluorine and d) chlorine.

R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

-SO3H; natural and unnatural amino acids.

R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy and -W-R30;

W is independently selected from the group consisting of -NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-N(R31 )-, -NH-C(O)-N(R31 )- and -O-C(S)-N(R31 )-;

R2 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C6)alkyl;

R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)(C1-C6)alkyl and -C(O)aryl;

R30 is independently selected form the group consisting of R32 -substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C6)alkyl;

R31 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-C4)alkyl;

T is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl; isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl. imidazolyl and pyridyl;

R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogeno, (C1-C4)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -NO2, (C1-C4)alkoxy, methylenedloxy, oxo, (C1-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2, -C(O)-NH(C1-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-N((C1-C4)alkyl)2, -C(O)-(C1-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-(C1-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31, the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;

Ar1 is aryl or R10-substituted aryl;

Ar2 is aryl or R11-substituted aryl;

Q is -(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group R12 is R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(d1-(C1-C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or together with an adjacent R13, or R12 together with an adjacent R14, form a -CH=CH-or a -CH=C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;

a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R13 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1; provided that when R14 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;

R10 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, -OR19,-O(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR21--O(CH2)1-5OR19 -O(CO)NR19R20, -NR19R20,-NR19(CO)R20, -NR19(CO)OR21,-NR19(CO)NR20R25,-NR19SO2R21,-COOR19, -CONR19R20, -COR19, -SO2NR19R20, S(O)0-2R21, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR19, -O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20, -(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR19 -CH=CH-COOR19, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen;

R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;

R21 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R24-substituted aryl;

R22 is H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl (C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)R19 or-COOR19;

R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR19R20, -OH
and halogeno; and R25 is H, -OH or (C1-C6)alkoxy, to regulate the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of the subject.
65. Use of at least one compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (I-VIII):

(a) Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein in Formula (I):

Ar1 and Ar2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl and R4-substituted aryl;

Ar3 is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;

X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dllower alkyl)-;

R and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 and -O(CO)NR6R7;

R1 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl;

q is 0 or l;

r is 0 or l;

m, n and p are independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; provided that at least one of q and r is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and provided that when p is 0 and r is 1, the sum of m, q and n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;

R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR6, -O(CO)NR8R7, -NR8R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR8(CO)OR9, -NR8(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR8R7, -COR8, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)o-2R9, -O(CH2)1-10- COOR8, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6, -CH=CH-COOR6, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen;

R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR8R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR8 and -CH=CH-COOR6;

R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl;

(b) Formula (II) or a salt or solvate thereof;

(c) Formula (III) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein in Formula (III) above:

Ar1 is R3-substituted aryl;

Ar2 is R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is R5-substituted aryl;
Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
A is selected from -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2-;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 and -O(CO)NR6R7; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl; or R1 and R2 together are =O;~
q is 1, 2 or 3;
p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
R5 is 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR9, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2-lower alkyl, -NR6SO2-aryl, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2-alkyl, S(O)0-2-aryl, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, o-halogeno, m-halogeno, o-lower alkyl, m-lower alkyl, -(lower alkylene)-COOR6, and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R3 and R4 are independently 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of R5, hydrogen, p-lower alkyl, aryl, -NO2, -CF3 and p-halogeno;
R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl;
(d) Formula (IV):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein in Formula (IV) above:
A is selected from the group consisting of R2-substituted heterocycloalkyl, R2-substituted heteroaryl, R2-substituted benzofused heterocycloalkyl, and R2-substituted benzofused heteroaryl;
Ar1 is aryl or R3-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;
Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group and R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;
-(CH2)e-G-(CH2)r-, wherein G is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR8- or -S(O)0-2, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6;
-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-; and -(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;
R5 is selected from:
R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2 , -CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or R5 together with an adjacent R6, or R5 together with an adjacent R7, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R6 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1; provided that when R7 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R6's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R7's can be the same or different;
and when Q is a bond, R1 also can be selected from:
where M is -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2, -CH(C1-C6 alkyl)- and -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl);
R10 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR14, -O(CO)R14, -O(CO)OR16 and -O(CO)NR14R15;
R11 and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R10 and R11 together are =O, or R12 and R13 together are =O;
d is,1,2 or 3;
h is 0,1,2,3 or 4;
s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m, n and p are independently 0-4; provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6; provided that when p is 0 and t is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;
v is 0 or 1;
j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
R2 is 1-3 substituents on the ring carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C10)alkyl, (C2-C10)alkenyl, (C2-C10)alkynyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkenyl, R17-substituted aryl, R17-substituted benzyl, R17-substituted benzyloxy, R17-substituted aryloxy, halogeno, -NR14R15, NR14R15(C1-C6 alkylene)-, NR14R15C(O)(C3-C6 alkylene)-,-NHC(O)R16, OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, -OC(O)R16, -COR14, hydroxy(C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)alkyl, NO2, -S(O)0-2R16, -SO2NR14R15 and -(C1-C6 alkylene)COOR14; when R2 is a substituent on a heterocycloalkyl ring, R2 is ~
as defined, or is =O or and, where R2 is a substituent on a substitutable ring nitrogen, it is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, aryloxy, C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, hydroxy, -(CH2)1-6CONR18R18, wherein J is -O-, -NH-, -NR18- or -CH2-;
R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, -OR14, -O(CO)R14, -O(CO)OR16, -O(CH2)1-5OR14, -O(CO)NR14R15, -NR14R15, -NR14(CO)R15, -NR14(CO)OR16, -NR14(CO)NR15R19, -NR14SO2R16, -COOR14, -CONR14R15, -COR14, -SO2NR14R15, S(O)0-2R16, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR14, -O(CH2)1-10CONR14R15, -(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR14, -CH=CH-COOR14, -CF3, -CN,-NO2 and halogen;
R8 is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl (C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)R14 or -COOR14;
R9 and R17 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR14R15, OH and halogeno;
R14 and R15 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
R16 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R17-substituted aryl;
R18 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl; and R19 is hydrogen, hydroxy or (C1-C6)alkoxy;
(e) Formula (V):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein in Formula (V) above:
Ar1 is aryl, R10-substituted aryl or heteroaryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R4-substituted aryl;
Ar3 is aryl or R5-substituted aryl;
X and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
R is -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 or -O-(CO)NR6R7; R1 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl; or R and R1 together are =O;
q is 0 or 1;
r is 0,1 or 2;
m and n are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; provided that the sum of m, n and q is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
R4 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R5 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0-2R9, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -CF3, -CN, -NO2, halogen, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;

R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl;
R9 is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R10 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group,consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1-5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, -S(O)0-2R9, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1-10CONR6R7, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen;
(f) Formula (VI):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof, wherein in Formula (VI):
R1 is R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
-CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)-, -C(di-lower alkyl)-, -CH=CH- and -C(lower alkyl)=CH-; or R1 together with an adjacent R2, or R1 together with an adjacent R3, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(lower alkyl)- group;
u and v are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R2 is -CH=CH- or -C(lower alkyl)=CH-, v is 1; provided that when R3 is -CH=CH- or -C(lower alkyl)=CH-, u is 1; provided that when v is 2 or 3, the R2's can be the same or different; and provided that when u is 2 or 3, the R3's can be the same or different;
R4 is selected from B-(CH2)m C(O)-, wherein m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
B-(CH2)q-, wherein q is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)e-Z-(CH2)r-, wherein Z is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -N(R8)- or -S(O)0-2-, e is 0, 1,2,3,4 or 5 and r is 0,1,2,3,4 or 5, provided that the sum of e and r is 0,1,2,3,4, or 6;
B-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-;
B-(C4-C6 alkadienylene)-;
B-(CH2)t-Z-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-, wherein Z is as defined above, and wherein t is 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2,3,4,5 or 6;
B-(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1,2,3,4 or 5 and g is 0, 1,2,3,4 or 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1,2,3,4,5 or 6;
B-(CH2)t-V-(C2-C6 alkenylene)- or B-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-V-(CH2)t-, wherein V and t are as defined above, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2,3,4,5 or 6;
B-(CH2)a-Z-(CH2)b-V-(CH2)d-, wherein Z and V are as defined above and a, b and d are independently 0,1,2,3,4,5 or 6, provided that the sum of a, b and d is 0,1,2,3, 4,5 or 6; or T-(CH2)s-, wherein T is cycloalkyl of 3-6 carbon atoms and s is 0,1,2,3,4,5 or 6; or R1 and R4, together form the group B is selected from indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, heteroaryl or W-substituted heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl and furanyl, and for nitrogen-containing heteroaryls, the N-oxides thereof, or W is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, (lower alkoxyimino)-lower alkyl, lower alkanedioyl, lower alkyl lower alkanedioyl, allyloxy, -CF3, -OCF3, benzyl, R7-benzyl, benzyloxy, R7-benzyloxy, phenoxy, R7-phenoxy, dioxolanyl, NO2, -N(R8)(R9), N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylene-, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy-, OH, halogeno, -CN, -N3, -NHC(O)OR10, -NHC(O)R10, R11O2SNH-, (R11O2S)2N-, -S(O)2NH2, -S(O)0-2R8, tert-butyldimethyl-silyloxymethyl, -C(O)R12, -COOR19, -CON(R8)(R9), -CH=CHC(O)R12, -lower alkylene-C(O)R12, R10C(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)-, N(R8)(R9)C(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)- and for substitution on ring carbon atoms, and the substituents on the substituted heteroaryl ring nitrogen atoms, when present, are selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower- alkoxy, -C(O)OR10,-C(O)R10, OH, N(R8)(R9)-lower alkylene-, N(-R8)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy-, -S-(O)2NH2 and 2-(trimethylsilyl)-ethoxymethyl;
R7 is 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -N(R8)(R9), OH, and halogeno;
R8 and R9 are independently selected from H or lower alkyl;
R10 is selected from lower alkyl, phenyl, R7-phenyl, benzyl or R7-benzyl;
R11 is selected from OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, R7-phenyl or R7-benzyl;
R12 is selected from H, OH, alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, ,-N(R8)(R9), lower alkyl, phenyl or R7-phenyl;
R13 is selected from -O-, -CH2-, -NH-, -N(lower alkyl)- or -NC(O)R19;
R15,R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H
and the groups defined for W; or R15 is hydrogen and R16 and R17, together with adjacent carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a dioxolanyl ring;
R19 is H, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl; and R20 and R21 are independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, W-substituted naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzodioxolyl, heteroaryl, W-substituted heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl, W-substituted benzofused heteroaryl and cyclopropyl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above;

(g) Formula (VII):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or solvate thereof; wherein in Formula (VII) above, R26 is H or OG1;
G and G1 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and provided that when R26 is H or OH, G is not H;
R, R a and R b are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy or-W-R30;
W is independently selected from the group consisting of -NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-N(R31)-, -NH-C(O)-N(R31)- and -O-C(S)-N(R31)-;

R2 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C6)alkyl;
R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)(C1-C6)alkyl and -C(O)aryl;
R30 is selected from the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C6)alkyl;
R31 is selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-C4)alkyl;
T is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogeno, (C1-C4)alkyl, -OH; phenoxy, -CF3, -NO2, (C1-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C1-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2, -C(O)-NH(C1-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-N((C1-C4)alkyl)2, -C(O)-(C1-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-(C1-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31, the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;
Ar1 is aryl or R10-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R11-substituted aryl;
Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group and R1 is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1;
-(CH2)e-E-(CH2)r-, wherein E is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR22- or -S(O)0-2-, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6;
-(C2-C2)alkenylene-; and -(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;
R12 is R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or R12 together with an adjacent R13, or R12 together with an adjacent R14, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero;
provided that when R13 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1;
provided that when R14 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1;
provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;
and when Q is a bond, R1 also can be:
M is -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2-;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(C1-C6)alkyl- and -C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl);
R10 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, -OR19, -O(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR21, -O(CH2)1-5OR19, -O(CO)NR19R20, -NR19R20, -NR19(CO)R20, -NR19(CO)OR21, -NR19(CO)NR20R25, -NR19SO2R21, -COOR19, -CONR19R20, -COR19, -SO2NR19R20, S(O)0-2R21, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR19, -O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20, -(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR19, -CH=CH-COOR19, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen;
R15 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR19, -O(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR21 and -O(CO)NR19R20;
R16 and R18 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R15 and R16 together are =O, or R17 and R18 together are =O;
d is 1, 2 or 3;
h is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
s is 0 or 1; t is 0 or 1; m,n and p are independently 0-4;
provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6;
provided that when p is 0 end t is 1, the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5;
v is 0 or 1;
j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;

and when Q is a bond and R1 is Ar1 can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
R21 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R24-substituted aryl;
R22 is H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl (C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)R19 or-COOR19;
R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR19R20, -OH and halogeno; and R25 is H, -OH or (C1-C6)alkoxy; and (h) Formula (VIII):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein in Formula (VIII):
R26 is selected from the group consisting of:
a) OH;
b) OCH3;
c) fluorine and d) chlorine.
R1 is selected from the group consisting of R, R a and R b are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)-alkoxy and -W-R30;
W is independently selected from the group consisting of -NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-N(R31)-, -NH-C(O)-N(R31)- and -O-C(S)-N(R31)-;
R2 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C1-C6)alkyl;

R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl(C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)(C1-C6)alkyl and -C(O)aryl;
R30 is independently selected form the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(C1-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C1-C6)alkyl;
R31 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (C1-C4)alkyl;
T is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogeno, (C1-C4)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -NO2, (C1-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C1-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (C1-C4)alkylsulfinyl; (C1-C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2, -C(O)-NH(C1-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-N((C1-C4)alkyl)2, -C(O)-(C1-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-(C1-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31, the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C1-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;
Ar1 is aryl or R10-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R11-substituted aryl;
Q is -(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the spiro group R12 is R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or together with an adjacent R13, or R12 together with an adjacent R14, form a -CH=CH-or a -CH=C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group;
a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R13 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1; provided that when R14 is -CH=CH- or -C(C1-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R14's can be the same or different;
R10 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, -OR19, -O(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR21, -O(CH2)1-5OR19, -O(CO)NR19R20, -NR19R20, -NR19(CO)R20, -NR19(CO)OR21,-NR19(CO)NR20R25, -NR19SO2R21, -COOR19, -CONR19R20, -COR19, -SO2NR19R20, S(O)0-2R21, -O(CH2)1-10-COOR19, -O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20, -(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR19, -CH=CH-COOR19, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen;
R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C1-C6)alkyl;
R21 is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R24-substituted aryl;
R22 is H, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl (C1-C6)alkyl, -C(O)R19 or -COOR19;
R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR19R20, -OH
and halogeno; and R25 is H, -OH or (C1-C6)alkoxy;

for manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of Alzheimer's Disease, regulating production of or level of at least one amyloid .beta. peptide or regulating the amount of ApoE isoform 4 in the bloodstream and/or brain of a subject.
66. Use of a compound represented by Formula (II):
or a salt or solvate thereof, for manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of Alzheimer's Disease, regulating production of or level of at least one amyloid .beta.
peptide or regulating the amount of ApoE isoform 4, in the bloodstream and/or brain of a subject.
CA002447884A 2001-05-25 2002-05-22 Use of azetidinone substituted derivatives in the treatment of alzheimer's disease Abandoned CA2447884A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US29365101P 2001-05-25 2001-05-25
US60/293,651 2001-05-25
US32391101P 2001-09-21 2001-09-21
US60/323,911 2001-09-21
PCT/US2002/016306 WO2002096415A2 (en) 2001-05-25 2002-05-22 Use of azetidinone substituted derivatives in the treatment of alzheimer's disease

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
CA2447884A1 true CA2447884A1 (en) 2002-12-05

Family

ID=26968071

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CA002447884A Abandoned CA2447884A1 (en) 2001-05-25 2002-05-22 Use of azetidinone substituted derivatives in the treatment of alzheimer's disease

Country Status (14)

Country Link
US (1) US20030013699A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1392287B8 (en)
JP (1) JP2004532868A (en)
AR (1) AR038956A1 (en)
AT (1) ATE345792T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2002308778A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2447884A1 (en)
CY (1) CY1105922T1 (en)
DE (1) DE60216275T2 (en)
DK (1) DK1392287T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2275007T3 (en)
MX (1) MXPA03010843A (en)
PT (1) PT1392287E (en)
WO (1) WO2002096415A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (34)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
RS51449B (en) * 2001-01-26 2011-04-30 Schering Corporation Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (ppar) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
ATE345793T1 (en) * 2001-09-21 2006-12-15 Schering Corp TREATMENT OF XANTHOMA USING AZETIDINONE DERIVATIVES AS STEROL ABSORPTION INHIBITORS
US7053080B2 (en) * 2001-09-21 2006-05-30 Schering Corporation Methods and therapeutic combinations for the treatment of obesity using sterol absorption inhibitors
US20050107461A1 (en) * 2002-03-12 2005-05-19 Tian-Quan Cai Drug combination therapy
GB0215579D0 (en) 2002-07-05 2002-08-14 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
BR0314710A (en) * 2002-09-27 2005-07-26 Martek Biosciences Corp Prophylactic Decosahexenoic Acid Therapy for Patients with Subclinical Inflammation
US7235543B2 (en) * 2003-03-07 2007-06-26 Schering Corporation Substituted azetidinone compounds, processes for preparing the same, formulations and uses thereof
US7459442B2 (en) * 2003-03-07 2008-12-02 Schering Corporation Substituted azetidinone compounds, processes for preparing the same, formulations and uses thereof
ATE418551T1 (en) * 2003-03-07 2009-01-15 Schering Corp SUBSTITUTED AZETIDINONE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATIONS AND THEIR USE IN THE TREATMENT OF HYPERCHOLESTEROLEMIA
BRPI0410348A (en) * 2003-05-14 2006-05-30 Torreypines Therapeutics Inc compounds and uses thereof in amyloid-beta modulation
EP1628663B1 (en) * 2003-05-15 2009-07-29 Roskamp Research llc Method for producing medicaments for reducing amyloid deposition, amyloid neurotoxicity and microgliosis
US20050187278A1 (en) * 2003-08-28 2005-08-25 Pharmacia Corporation Treatment or prevention of vascular disorders with Cox-2 inhibitors in combination with cyclic AMP-specific phosphodiesterase inhibitors
US20080260717A1 (en) * 2003-10-31 2008-10-23 Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Methods for Reducing Seizure-Induced Neuronal Damage
SA04250427A (en) 2003-12-23 2005-12-03 استرازينيكا ايه بي Diphenylazetidone derivates
US7803838B2 (en) * 2004-06-04 2010-09-28 Forest Laboratories Holdings Limited Compositions comprising nebivolol
US7838552B2 (en) 2004-06-04 2010-11-23 Forest Laboratories Holdings Limited Compositions comprising nebivolol
GB0419124D0 (en) 2004-08-27 2004-09-29 Proteome Sciences Plc Methods and compositions relating to Alzheimer's disease
GB0423356D0 (en) * 2004-10-21 2004-11-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Therapeutic agents
SA06270191B1 (en) 2005-06-22 2010-03-29 استرازينيكا ايه بي Novel 2-Azetidinone Derivatives as Cholesterol Absorption Inhibitors for the Treatment of Hyperlipidaemic Conditions
EP1893570A4 (en) * 2005-06-22 2009-12-23 Reddy Manne Satynarayana Improved process for the preparation of ezetimibe
US20070049748A1 (en) * 2005-08-26 2007-03-01 Uppala Venkata Bhaskara R Preparation of ezetimibe
WO2007103453A1 (en) * 2006-03-06 2007-09-13 Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. Ezetimibe compositions
TW200811098A (en) 2006-04-27 2008-03-01 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
KR20160020584A (en) * 2007-01-22 2016-02-23 지티엑스, 인코포레이티드 Nuclear receptor binding agents
US9604931B2 (en) 2007-01-22 2017-03-28 Gtx, Inc. Nuclear receptor binding agents
US9623021B2 (en) * 2007-01-22 2017-04-18 Gtx, Inc. Nuclear receptor binding agents
GB0708507D0 (en) * 2007-05-02 2007-06-13 Queen Mary & Westfield College Substituted phosphonates and their use
ES2449594T3 (en) 2007-10-05 2014-03-20 Alzheimer's Institute Of America, Inc. Method to reduce amyloid deposition, amyloid neurotoxicity and microgliosis with enantiomer (-) - nilvadipine
US20100093810A1 (en) * 2007-10-05 2010-04-15 Alzheimer's Institute Of America, Inc. Pharmaceutical Compositions for Reducing Amyloid Deposition, Amyloid Neurotoxicity, and Microgliosis
US20090221554A1 (en) * 2008-02-28 2009-09-03 Zenyaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Method of treating cognitive impairment
US20130267533A1 (en) * 2012-04-04 2013-10-10 Fabre-Kramer Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5ht1a agonists for treatment of high cholesterol
WO2017137600A1 (en) 2016-02-11 2017-08-17 Sigmathera Sas Igmesine for use in the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases
JP7012658B2 (en) * 2016-03-15 2022-02-14 ラッシュ ユニヴァーシティ メディカル センター Compositions and Methods That Stimulate the Excretion of Amyloid β Protein
WO2019241329A2 (en) 2018-06-13 2019-12-19 Dandrea Michael R Methods and dosing regimens for preventing or delaying onset of alzheimer's disease and other forms of dementia and mild cognitive impairment

Family Cites Families (99)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2809194A (en) * 1957-10-08 Thiadiazine type natriuretic agents
US1286A (en) * 1839-08-13 Richard else
US3108097A (en) * 1963-10-22 Ehnojs
BE578515A (en) * 1958-05-07
NL127065C (en) * 1964-04-22
NL137318C (en) * 1964-06-09
US3716583A (en) * 1969-04-16 1973-02-13 Sumitomo Chemical Co Phenoxy carboxylic acid derivative
US3692895A (en) * 1970-09-08 1972-09-19 Norman A Nelson Method of reducing hypercholesteremia in humans employing a copolymer of polyethylenepolyamine and a bifunctional substance, such as epichlorohydria
DE2230383C3 (en) * 1971-10-01 1981-12-03 Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh, 6800 Mannheim Phenoxyalkylcarboxylic acid derivatives and processes for making the same
US4148923A (en) * 1972-05-31 1979-04-10 Synthelabo 1-(3'-Trifluoromethylthiophenyl)-2-ethylaminopropane pharmaceutical composition and method for treating obesity
US3948973A (en) * 1972-08-29 1976-04-06 Sterling Drug Inc. Halocyclopropyl substituted phenoxyalkanoic acids
US4626549A (en) * 1974-01-10 1986-12-02 Eli Lilly And Company Treatment of obesity with aryloxyphenylpropylamines
JPS5195049A (en) * 1975-02-12 1976-08-20 * **********so*****no***tsu*****************************************ni*no
US4235896A (en) * 1975-02-12 1980-11-25 Orchimed S.A. Benzyl-phenoxy acid esters and hyperlipaemia compositions containing the same
US4179515A (en) * 1975-02-12 1979-12-18 Orchimed S. A. Benzoylphenoxy propionic acid, esters thereof and pharmaceutical composition
US4075000A (en) * 1975-05-27 1978-02-21 Eli Lilly And Company Herbicidal use of 4-amino-3,3-dimethyl-1-phenyl-2-azetidinones
US4304718A (en) * 1975-10-06 1981-12-08 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 2-Azetidinone compounds and processes for preparation thereof
US4472309A (en) * 1975-10-06 1984-09-18 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 2-Azetidinone compounds and processes for preparation thereof
US4576753A (en) * 1975-10-06 1986-03-18 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Azetidinone compounds and processes for preparation thereof
US4166907A (en) * 1976-11-01 1979-09-04 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. 3,3-Dichloro-2-azetidinone derivatives having antiinflammatory activity
US4144232A (en) * 1976-12-23 1979-03-13 Eli Lilly And Company Substituted azetidin-2-one antibiotics
FR2403078A1 (en) * 1977-09-19 1979-04-13 Lafon Labor NEW PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF PHARMACEUTICAL, COSMETIC OR DIAGNOSIS FORMS
IT1157365B (en) * 1977-10-24 1987-02-11 Sandoz Ag MEDICATIONS TO TREAT OBESITY OR REDUCE BODY WEIGHT
US4250191A (en) * 1978-11-30 1981-02-10 Edwards K David Preventing renal failure
US4375475A (en) * 1979-08-17 1983-03-01 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted pyranone inhibitors of cholesterol synthesis
US4260743A (en) * 1979-12-31 1981-04-07 Gist-Brocades N.V. Preparation of β-lactams and intermediates therefor
US4444784A (en) * 1980-08-05 1984-04-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Antihypercholesterolemic compounds
DE3107100A1 (en) * 1981-02-20 1982-09-09 Schering Ag, 1000 Berlin Und 4619 Bergkamen AZAPROSTACYCLINE, METHOD FOR THEIR PRODUCTION AND THEIR PHARMACEUTICAL USE
US4500456A (en) * 1981-03-09 1985-02-19 Eli Lilly And Company Preparation of 4-fluoroazetidinones using FClO3
US4784734A (en) * 1981-04-10 1988-11-15 Otsuka Kagaku Yakuhin Kabushiki Kaisha Azetidinone derivatives and process for the preparation of the same
US4602005A (en) * 1982-05-17 1986-07-22 Medical Research Foundation Of Oregon Tigogenin cellobioside for treating hypercholesterolemia and atherosclerosis
US4602003A (en) * 1982-05-17 1986-07-22 Medical Research Foundation Of Oregon Synthetic compounds to inhibit intestinal absorption of cholesterol in the treatment of hypercholesterolemia
US4534786A (en) * 1982-06-23 1985-08-13 Chevron Research Company 1-Alkyl derivatives of 3-aryloxy-4-(2-carbalkoxy)-phenyl-azet-2-ones as plant growth regulators
US4443372A (en) * 1982-06-23 1984-04-17 Chevron Research Company 1-Alkyl derivatives of 3-aryloxy-4-(2-carbalkoxy)-phenyl-azet-2-ones as plant growth regulators
US4595532A (en) * 1983-02-02 1986-06-17 University Of Notre Dame Du Lac N-(substituted-methyl)-azetidin-2-ones
CA1256650A (en) * 1983-03-25 1989-06-27 Toshinari Tamura Process of producing 2-azetidinone-4-substituted compounds, and medicaments containing the compounds
US4675399A (en) * 1983-03-28 1987-06-23 Notre Dame University Cyclization process for β-lactams
EP0126709B1 (en) * 1983-03-28 1991-04-03 Ciba-Geigy Ag Process for the preparation of optically active azetidinones
WO1985004876A1 (en) * 1984-04-24 1985-11-07 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. 2-azetidinone derivatives and process for their preparation
US4576749A (en) * 1983-10-03 1986-03-18 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. 3-Acylamino-1-carboxymethylaminocarbonyl-2-azetidinones
US4680391A (en) * 1983-12-01 1987-07-14 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted azetidinones as anti-inflammatory and antidegenerative agents
US5229510A (en) * 1983-12-01 1993-07-20 Merck & Co., Inc. β-lactams useful in determining the amount of elastase in a clinical sample
US5229381A (en) * 1983-12-01 1993-07-20 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted azetidinones as anti-inflammatory and antidegenerative agents
US4654362A (en) * 1983-12-05 1987-03-31 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Derivatives of 2,2'-iminobisethanol
FR2561916B1 (en) * 1984-03-30 1987-12-11 Lafon Labor GALENIC FORM FOR ORAL ADMINISTRATION AND METHOD FOR PREPARING IT BY LYOPHILIZATION OF AN OIL-TO-WATER EMISSION
US4633017A (en) * 1984-08-03 1986-12-30 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. N-hydroxy protecting groups and process for the preparation of 3-acylamino-1-hydroxy-2-azetidinones
US4581170A (en) * 1984-08-03 1986-04-08 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. N-hydroxyl protecting groups and process and intermediates for the preparation of 3-acylamino-1-hydroxy-2-azetidinones
US4576748A (en) * 1984-09-17 1986-03-18 Merck & Co., Inc. 3-Hydroxy-3-aminoethyl β-lactams
US4620867A (en) * 1984-09-28 1986-11-04 Chevron Research Company 1-carbalkoxyalkyl-3-aryloxy-4-(substituted-2'-carboxyphenyl)-azet-2-ones as plant growth regulators and herbicides
US4642903A (en) * 1985-03-26 1987-02-17 R. P. Scherer Corporation Freeze-dried foam dosage form
US4680289A (en) * 1985-06-05 1987-07-14 Progenics, Inc. Treatment of obesity and diabetes using sapogenins
DE3787815T2 (en) * 1986-02-19 1994-03-24 Sanraku Inc Azetidinone derivatives.
GB8607312D0 (en) * 1986-03-25 1986-04-30 Ici Plc Therapeutic agents
FR2598146B1 (en) * 1986-04-30 1989-01-20 Rech Ind NEW PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF FIBRATES.
DE3621861A1 (en) * 1986-06-30 1988-01-14 Laszlo Dr Med Ilg USE OF ARYLOXYCARBONIC ACID DERIVATIVES AGAINST DERMATOLOGICAL DISEASES
FR2602423B1 (en) * 1986-08-08 1989-05-05 Ethypharm Sa PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF A FENOFIBRATE-BASED MEDICINAL PRODUCT, OBTAINED BY THIS PROCESS
US4814354A (en) * 1986-09-26 1989-03-21 Warner-Lambert Company Lipid regulating agents
US4803266A (en) * 1986-10-17 1989-02-07 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 3-Oxoalkylidene-2-azetidinone derivatives
US5229362A (en) * 1986-12-15 1993-07-20 Eli Lilly And Company Antibiotic A10255 complex and factors, and process and production therefor
PH25145A (en) * 1986-12-15 1991-02-19 Laverne Dwaine Boeck Process for producing the a10255 complex and corresponding microorganism
JPS63156788A (en) * 1986-12-22 1988-06-29 Sanraku Inc Optically active azetidinones
US5110730A (en) * 1987-03-31 1992-05-05 The Scripps Research Institute Human tissue factor related DNA segments
EP0288973B1 (en) * 1987-04-28 1993-01-13 Fujisawa Astra Ltd. Benzothiazolinone derivatives, their production and pharmaceutical composition
FI95572C (en) * 1987-06-22 1996-02-26 Eisai Co Ltd Process for the preparation of a medicament useful as a piperidine derivative or its pharmaceutical salt
US5106833A (en) * 1987-07-23 1992-04-21 Washington University Coagulation inhibitors
US5091525A (en) * 1987-10-07 1992-02-25 Eli Lilly And Company Monohydrate and DMF solvates of a new carbacephem antibiotic
US4834846A (en) * 1987-12-07 1989-05-30 Merck & Co., Inc. Process for deblocking N-substituted β-lactams
FR2627696B1 (en) * 1988-02-26 1991-09-13 Fournier Innovation Synergie NEW GALENIC FORM OF FENOFIBRATE
DE3807895A1 (en) * 1988-03-10 1989-09-21 Knoll Ag PRODUCTS CONTAINING A CALCIUM ANTAGONIST AND A LIPID DOWNER
GB8813012D0 (en) * 1988-06-02 1988-07-06 Norsk Hydro As Non-b-oxidizable fatty acid analogues to reduce concentration of cholesterol & triglycerides in blood of mammals
US4952689A (en) * 1988-10-20 1990-08-28 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 3-(substituted propylidene)-2-azetidinone derivates for blood platelet aggregation
US5112616A (en) * 1988-11-30 1992-05-12 Schering Corporation Fast dissolving buccal tablet
US5073374A (en) * 1988-11-30 1991-12-17 Schering Corporation Fast dissolving buccal tablet
US4876365A (en) * 1988-12-05 1989-10-24 Schering Corporation Intermediate compounds for preparing penems and carbapenems
US5260305A (en) * 1988-12-12 1993-11-09 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Combination of pravastatin and nicotinic acid or related acid and method for lowering serum cholesterol using such combination
FR2640621B1 (en) * 1988-12-19 1992-10-30 Centre Nat Rech Scient N-ARYL-AZETIDINONES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR USE AS ELASTASE INHIBITORS
US4990535A (en) * 1989-05-03 1991-02-05 Schering Corporation Pharmaceutical composition comprising loratadine, ibuprofen and pseudoephedrine
JPH03108490A (en) * 1989-06-30 1991-05-08 Shionogi & Co Ltd Phospholipase a2 inhibitor
US4983597A (en) * 1989-08-31 1991-01-08 Merck & Co., Inc. Beta-lactams as anticholesterolemic agents
US5219574A (en) * 1989-09-15 1993-06-15 Cima Labs. Inc. Magnesium carbonate and oil tableting aid and flavoring additive
US5178878A (en) * 1989-10-02 1993-01-12 Cima Labs, Inc. Effervescent dosage form with microparticles
US5223264A (en) * 1989-10-02 1993-06-29 Cima Labs, Inc. Pediatric effervescent dosage form
US5188825A (en) * 1989-12-28 1993-02-23 Iles Martin C Freeze-dried dosage forms and methods for preparing the same
US5120729A (en) * 1990-06-20 1992-06-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Beta-lactams as antihypercholesterolemics
US5120713A (en) * 1990-09-10 1992-06-09 Applied Research Systems Ars Holding N.V. Treatment of obesity with an alpha-2-adrenergic agonist and a growth hormone releasing peptide
US5190970A (en) * 1990-10-19 1993-03-02 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Method for preventing onset of or treating Type II diabetes employing a cholesterol lowering drug alone or in combination with an ace inhibitor
US5130333A (en) * 1990-10-19 1992-07-14 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Method for treating type II diabetes employing a cholesterol lowering drug
JP2640986B2 (en) * 1990-11-08 1997-08-13 高砂香料工業株式会社 Process for producing (1'R, 3S) -3- (1'-hydroxyethyl) -azetidin-2-one or a derivative thereof
US5145684A (en) * 1991-01-25 1992-09-08 Sterling Drug Inc. Surface modified drug nanoparticles
US5157025A (en) * 1991-04-01 1992-10-20 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Method for lowering serum cholesterol employing a phosphorus containing ace inhibitor alone or in combination with a cholesterol lowering drug
US5162117A (en) * 1991-11-22 1992-11-10 Schering Corporation Controlled release flutamide composition
US5278176A (en) * 1992-08-21 1994-01-11 Abbott Laboratories Nicotine derivatives that enhance cognitive function
US5631365A (en) * 1993-09-21 1997-05-20 Schering Corporation Hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds useful as hypocholesterolemic agents
JP3144624B2 (en) * 1995-06-02 2001-03-12 杏林製薬株式会社 N-benzyldioxothiazolidylbenzamide derivative and method for producing the same
WO1997021676A1 (en) * 1995-12-08 1997-06-19 Smithkline Beecham Plc Azetidinone compounds for the treatment of atherosclerosis
GB9600464D0 (en) * 1996-01-09 1996-03-13 Smithkline Beecham Plc Novel method
JP2000509049A (en) * 1996-04-26 2000-07-18 スミスクライン・ビーチャム・パブリック・リミテッド・カンパニー Azetidinone derivatives for the treatment of atherosclerosis
US20030153541A1 (en) * 1997-10-31 2003-08-14 Robert Dudley Novel anticholesterol compositions and method for using same
BR9814923A (en) * 1998-01-28 2000-10-17 Warner Lambert Co Method for treating alzheimer's disease

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
PT1392287E (en) 2007-02-28
CY1105922T1 (en) 2011-04-06
JP2004532868A (en) 2004-10-28
EP1392287A2 (en) 2004-03-03
US20030013699A1 (en) 2003-01-16
MXPA03010843A (en) 2004-02-17
DK1392287T3 (en) 2007-03-19
ATE345792T1 (en) 2006-12-15
AU2002308778A1 (en) 2002-12-09
EP1392287B1 (en) 2006-11-22
WO2002096415A3 (en) 2003-01-16
EP1392287B8 (en) 2007-01-10
DE60216275T2 (en) 2007-06-21
DE60216275D1 (en) 2007-01-04
WO2002096415A2 (en) 2002-12-05
AR038956A1 (en) 2005-02-02
ES2275007T3 (en) 2007-06-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1392287B1 (en) Use of azetidinone substituted derivatives in the treatment of alzheimer&#39;s disease
AU2002247019B9 (en) Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
CA2434682C (en) Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (ppar) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
AU2005234666B2 (en) Methods for treating or preventing vascular inflammation using sterol absorption inhibitor(s)
AU2002247019A1 (en) Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
CA2434430A1 (en) The use of substituted azetidinone compounds for the treatment of sitosterolemia
US7056906B2 (en) Combinations of hormone replacement therapy composition(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular conditions in post-menopausal women
US20030053981A1 (en) Combinations of bile acid sequestrant(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
AU2002335770A1 (en) Methods for treating or preventing vascular inflammation using sterol absorption inhibitor(s)
US20020183305A1 (en) Combinations of nicotinic acid and derivatives thereof and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
AU2008201609B2 (en) Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (ppar) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitors(s) and treatments for vascular indications
AU2006202618B2 (en) Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
NZ539190A (en) Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
EP1864680A2 (en) Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
EEER Examination request
FZDE Discontinued